xref: /dragonfly/contrib/gcc-8.0/gcc/target.def (revision a4da4a90)
1/* Target hook definitions.
2   Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6   Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7   later version.
8
9   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
12   GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15   along with this program; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
16   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18   In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19   You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20   what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!  */
21
22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23   provided by the including file, and how to use them here.  */
24#include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26#undef HOOK_TYPE
27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31/* Functions that output assembler for the target.  */
32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping.  */
36DEFHOOKPOD
37(open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions.  If not overridden, they\n\
40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object.  */
45DEFHOOKPOD
46(byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56of integer object.  The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58aligned two-byte object, and so on.  Any of the hooks may be\n\
59@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60\n\
61The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62followed immediately by the object's initial value.  In most cases,\n\
63the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
68/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69   LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER.  */
70DEFHOOK
71(label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73@code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}.  This works only if\n\
74@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79   LOOP_ALIGN.  */
80DEFHOOK
81(loop_align_max_skip,
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83@var{label}.  This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84defined.",
85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89   LABEL_ALIGN.  */
90DEFHOOK
91(label_align_max_skip,
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93to @var{label}.  This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94is defined.",
95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99   JUMP_ALIGN.  */
100DEFHOOK
101(jump_align_max_skip,
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103@code{JUMP_ALIGN}.  This works only if\n\
104@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
108/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109   value is given by X.  SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110   ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned.  Return true if
111   successful.  Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112   and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL.  */
113DEFHOOK
114(integer,
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116integer object.  @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned.  The\n\
118function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119object.  If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121\n\
122The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126    NULL.  */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
130/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131   decl.  */
132DEFHOOK
133(decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
139/* Output code that will globalize a label.  */
140DEFHOOK
141(globalize_label,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145\n\
146The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151/* Output code that will globalize a declaration.  */
152DEFHOOK
153(globalize_decl_name,
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157\n\
158The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
161/* Output code that will declare an external variable.  */
162DEFHOOK
163(assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit.  Most\n\
167assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
171/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172   target requires such labels.  Second argument is the decl the
173   unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174   this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175   this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE.  */
176DEFHOOK
177(emit_unwind_label,
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@.  It\n\
179should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183exception table.  The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185\n\
186The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table.  */
191DEFHOOK
192(emit_except_table_label,
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195to be broken up according to function.\n\
196\n\
197The default is that no label is emitted.",
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
201/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function.  */
202DEFHOOK
203(emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info.  This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
210/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction.  */
211DEFHOOK
212(unwind_emit,
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214given instruction.  This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
217 NULL)
218
219DEFHOOKPOD
220(unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
226/* Generate an internal label.
227   For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL.  */
228DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229(generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
234/* Output an internal label.  */
235DEFHOOK
236(internal_label,
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239\n\
240It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241used for user-level functions and variables.  Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243\n\
244It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245object file.  Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247beginning of a label has this effect.  You should find out what\n\
248convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249\n\
250The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254/* Output label for the constant.  */
255DEFHOOK
256(declare_constant_name,
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined.  This\n\
259target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260@code{assemble_label}).  The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes.  The @var{name}\n\
262will be an internal label.\n\
263\n\
264The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266\n\
267You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object.  */
272DEFHOOK
273(ttype,
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275the type_info object identified by @var{sym}.  It should return @code{true}\n\
276if the reference was output.  Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282   associated with the tree decl.  */
283DEFHOOK
284(assemble_visibility,
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291DEFHOOK
292(print_patchable_function_entry,
293 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
294@var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions.  If the target supports named\n\
295sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
296location in the table of patchable functions.  The default implementation\n\
297of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
298@code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
299 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
300 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
301
302/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function.  */
303DEFHOOK
304(function_prologue,
305 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
306function.  The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
307initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
308saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
309local variables.  @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
310code should be output.\n\
311\n\
312The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
313macro.  That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
314\n\
315@findex regs_ever_live\n\
316To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
317@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
318@var{r} is used anywhere within the function.  This implies the function\n\
319prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
320call-used registers.  (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
321@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
322\n\
323On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
324not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
325they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
326appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
327registers are used in the function.\n\
328\n\
329@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
330On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
331function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
332pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise.  To determine whether a\n\
333frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
334@code{frame_pointer_needed}.  The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
335time in a function that needs a frame pointer.  @xref{Elimination}.\n\
336\n\
337The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
338required for the function.  This stack space consists of the regions\n\
339listed below.  In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
340order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
341stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
342the highest address if it is not defined).  You can use a different order\n\
343for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
344compatibility reasons.  Except in cases where required by standard\n\
345or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
346need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
347 void, (FILE *file),
348 default_function_pro_epilogue)
349
350/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue.  */
351DEFHOOK
352(function_end_prologue,
353 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
354prologue.  This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
355emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
356emitted.  @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
357 void, (FILE *file),
358 no_asm_to_stream)
359
360/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue.  */
361DEFHOOK
362(function_begin_epilogue,
363 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
364epilogue.  This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
365emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
366emitted.  @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
367 void, (FILE *file),
368 no_asm_to_stream)
369
370/* Output the assembler code for function exit.  */
371DEFHOOK
372(function_epilogue,
373 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
374function.  The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
375registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
376called, and returning control to the caller.  This macro takes the\n\
377same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
378registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
379@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
380\n\
381On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
382of returning from the function.  On these machines, give that\n\
383instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
384@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
385\n\
386Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
387@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used.  If you want the target\n\
388switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
389define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
390target switches appropriately.  If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
391condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
392\n\
393On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
394function exit code must vary accordingly.  Sometimes the code for these\n\
395two cases is completely different.  To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
396is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
397@code{frame_pointer_needed}.  The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
398a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
399\n\
400Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
401@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
402The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
403function.  @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
404\n\
405On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
406others leave that for the caller to do.  For example, the 68020 when\n\
407given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
408number of arguments.\n\
409\n\
410@findex pops_args\n\
411@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
412Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
413functions pop their own arguments.  @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
414needs to know what was decided.  The number of bytes of the current\n\
415function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
416@code{crtl->args.pops_args}.  @xref{Scalar Return}.",
417 void, (FILE *file),
418 default_function_pro_epilogue)
419
420/* Initialize target-specific sections.  */
421DEFHOOK
422(init_sections,
423 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
424@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
425of its own that you need to create.\n\
426\n\
427GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
428any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
429described below.",
430 void, (void),
431 hook_void_void)
432
433/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
434   If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
435   which this section is associated.  */
436DEFHOOK
437(named_section,
438 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}.  The section\n\
439should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
440of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}.  If @var{decl}\n\
441is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
442this section is associated.",
443 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
444 default_no_named_section)
445
446/* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
447   declaration, using their numerical value.  */
448DEFHOOK
449(elf_flags_numeric,
450 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
451code has been defined in the assembler.  It is called by\n\
452@code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
453emitted in the assembler output.  If the hook returns true, then the\n\
454numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
455@var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
456normal sequence of letter codes.  If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
457returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
458is emitted.",
459 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
460 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
461
462/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
463   Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
464   functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
465   at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
466   EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
467   (from static destructors).
468   Return NULL if function should go to default text section.  */
469DEFHOOK
470(function_section,
471 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
472Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
473functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
474at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
475@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
476(from static destructors).\n\
477Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
478 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
479 default_function_section)
480
481/* Output the assembler code for function exit.  */
482DEFHOOK
483(function_switched_text_sections,
484 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
485  labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
486  sections.  Output should be written to @var{file}.  The function\
487  decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
488  @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
489 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
490 default_function_switched_text_sections)
491
492/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
493   selecting sections.  Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
494   should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
495   local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.  */
496DEFHOOK
497(reloc_rw_mask,
498 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
499selecting sections.  Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
500should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
501local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
502\n\
503The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
504is in effect, and 0 otherwise.  The hook is typically redefined\n\
505when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
506in read-only sections even in executables.",
507 int, (void),
508 default_reloc_rw_mask)
509
510 /* Return a section for EXP.  It may be a DECL or a constant.  RELOC
511    is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
512    set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
513    ALIGN is the required alignment of the data.  */
514DEFHOOK
515(select_section,
516 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed.  You can\n\
517assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
518some sort.  @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
519requires link-time relocations.  Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
520local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
521@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
522\n\
523The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
524variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
525\n\
526See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
527 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
528 default_select_section)
529
530/* Return a section for X.  MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
531   alignment in bits.  */
532DEFHOOK
533(select_rtx_section,
534 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
535should be placed.  You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
536constant in RTL@.  The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
537case of a @code{const_int} rtx.  @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
538in bits.\n\
539\n\
540The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
541constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
542else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
543 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
544 default_select_rtx_section)
545
546/* Select a unique section name for DECL.  RELOC is the same as
547   for SELECT_SECTION.  */
548DEFHOOK
549(unique_section,
550 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
551and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
552As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
553the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
554\n\
555The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
556ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol.  For\n\
557example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
558Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
559 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
560 default_unique_section)
561
562/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL.  */
563DEFHOOK
564(function_rodata_section,
565 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
566@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
567The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
568the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
569if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
570otherwise.",
571 section *, (tree decl),
572 default_function_rodata_section)
573
574/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
575   for mergeable data sections.  */
576DEFHOOKPOD
577(mergeable_rodata_prefix,
578 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
579section names for mergeable constant data.  Define this macro to override\n\
580the string if a different section name should be used.",
581 const char *, ".rodata")
582
583/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables.  */
584DEFHOOK
585(tm_clone_table_section,
586 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
587  tables.",
588 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
589
590/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority.  */
591DEFHOOK
592(constructor,
593 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
594the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
595\n\
596Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
597no arguments and with no return value.  If the target supports initialization\n\
598priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
599otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
600\n\
601If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
602be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
603target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
604is not defined.",
605 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
606
607/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority.  */
608DEFHOOK
609(destructor,
610 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
611functions rather than initialization functions.",
612 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
613
614/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function.  THUNK_DECL is the
615   declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
616   the target function.  DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
617   added to THIS.  If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
618   *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS.  */
619DEFHOOK
620(output_mi_thunk,
621 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
622function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
623inheritance.  The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
624adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
625the real function.\n\
626\n\
627First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
628contains the incoming first argument.  Assume that this argument\n\
629contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
630in C++.  This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
631e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc.  The addition must preserve the values of\n\
632all other incoming arguments.\n\
633\n\
634Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
635made after adding @code{delta}.  In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
636adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
637\n\
638@smallexample\n\
639p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
640@end smallexample\n\
641\n\
642After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
643@code{FUNCTION_DECL}.  This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
644not touch the return address.  Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
645return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
646\n\
647The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
648the adjusted first argument.  This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
649of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
650and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
651\n\
652The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant.  (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
653have already been extracted from it.)  It might possibly be useful on\n\
654some targets, but probably not.\n\
655\n\
656If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
657front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
658@var{function} instead of jumping to it.  The generic approach does\n\
659not support varargs.",
660 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
661	HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
662 NULL)
663
664/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed.  */
665/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
666   would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly.  But there's
667   too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
668   Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
669   text to the output file.  */
670DEFHOOK
671(can_output_mi_thunk,
672 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
673to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
674arguments it is passed, and false otherwise.  In the latter case, the\n\
675generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
676previously exposed.",
677 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
678	HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
679 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
680
681/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
682   translation unit.  */
683DEFHOOK
684(file_start,
685 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
686find at the beginning of a file.  The default behavior is controlled\n\
687by two flags, documented below.  Unless your target's assembler is\n\
688quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
689@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook.  This\n\
690lets other target files rely on these variables.",
691 void, (void),
692 default_file_start)
693
694/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit.  */
695DEFHOOK
696(file_end,
697 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
698to find at the end of a file.  The default is to output nothing.",
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
701
702/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
703   LTO output stream.  */
704DEFHOOK
705(lto_start,
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707to find at the start of an LTO section.  The default is to output\n\
708nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
711
712/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
713   LTO output stream.  */
714DEFHOOK
715(lto_end,
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
717to find at the end of an LTO section.  The default is to output\n\
718nothing.",
719 void, (void),
720 hook_void_void)
721
722/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
723   translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted.  */
724DEFHOOK
725(code_end,
726 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
727unwind info and debug info at the end of a file.  Some targets emit\n\
728here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
729because they couldn't have unwind info then.  The default is to output\n\
730nothing.",
731 void, (void),
732 hook_void_void)
733
734/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
735   external.  */
736DEFHOOK
737(external_libcall,
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739pseudo-op to declare a library function name external.  The name of the\n\
740library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
741 void, (rtx symref),
742 default_external_libcall)
743
744/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
745   linker to not dead code strip this symbol.  */
746DEFHOOK
747(mark_decl_preserved,
748 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
749directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used.  The Darwin target uses the\n\
750.no_dead_code_strip directive.",
751 void, (const char *symbol),
752 hook_void_constcharptr)
753
754/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed.  */
755DEFHOOK
756(record_gcc_switches,
757 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
758switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
759enabled.  The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
760It can take the following values:\n\
761\n\
762@table @gcctabopt\n\
763@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
764@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
765\n\
766@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
767@var{text} is an option which has been enabled.  This might be as a\n\
768direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
769default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
770command line switch.  For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
771various different individual optimization passes.\n\
772\n\
773@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
774@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
775ignored.  If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
776target hook that either recording is starting or ending.  The first\n\
777time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
778warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
779wind down.  This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
780necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
781perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
782switches.\n\
783\n\
784@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
785This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
786\n\
787@item  SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
788This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
789@end table\n\
790\n\
791The hook's return value must be zero.  Other return values may be\n\
792supported in the future.\n\
793\n\
794By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
795provided for ELF based targets.  Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
796it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
797section in the assembler output file.  The name of the new section is\n\
798provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
799hook.",
800 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
801 NULL)
802
803/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
804   record_gcc_switches will use to store the information.  Target
805   specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
806   this information.  */
807DEFHOOKPOD
808(record_gcc_switches_section,
809 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
810ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
811hook.",
812 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
813
814/* Output the definition of a section anchor.  */
815DEFHOOK
816(output_anchor,
817 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
818@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
819The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
820of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
821\n\
822If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
823it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
824If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
825is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
826 void, (rtx x),
827 default_asm_output_anchor)
828
829DEFHOOK
830(output_ident,
831 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
832 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
833 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
834 directive.",
835 void, (const char *name),
836 hook_void_constcharptr)
837
838/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol.  */
839DEFHOOK
840(output_dwarf_dtprel,
841 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
842reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
843 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
844 NULL)
845
846/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output.  */
847DEFHOOK
848(final_postscan_insn,
849 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
850output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
851if necessary.\n\
852\n\
853Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
854extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
855elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
856The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
857template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
858by checking the contents of the vector.",
859 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
860 NULL)
861
862/* Emit the trampoline template.  This hook may be NULL.  */
863DEFHOOK
864(trampoline_template,
865 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
866on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
867the constant parts of a trampoline.  This code should not include a\n\
868label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
869\n\
870If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
871for the target.  Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
872code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
873to generate it on the spot.",
874 void, (FILE *f),
875 NULL)
876
877DEFHOOK
878(output_source_filename,
879 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
880 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
881 \n\
882 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
883 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
884 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
885 default_asm_output_source_filename)
886
887DEFHOOK
888(output_addr_const_extra,
889 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
890can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
891the pattern @var{x}.  This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
892@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
893\n\
894If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
895so that a standard error message is printed.  If it prints an error message\n\
896itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
897return @code{true}.",
898 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
899 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
900
901/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
902   even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
903   initializers.  */
904#undef HOOK_PREFIX
905#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
906
907/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand.  */
908/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
909   not this  hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE.  */
910DEFHOOK_UNDOC
911(print_operand,
912 "",
913 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
914 default_print_operand)
915
916/* Emit a machine-specific memory address.  */
917/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
918   not this  hook, and uses different argument names.  */
919DEFHOOK_UNDOC
920(print_operand_address,
921 "",
922 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
923 default_print_operand_address)
924
925/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
926   `print_operand' hook.  */
927/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
928   not this  hook.  */
929DEFHOOK_UNDOC
930(print_operand_punct_valid_p,
931 "",
932 bool ,(unsigned char code),
933 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
934
935/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
936   ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE.  */
937DEFHOOK
938(mangle_assembler_name,
939 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
940 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
941 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}.  Required for correct LTO symtabs.  The\
942 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
943 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
944 tree, (const char *name),
945 default_mangle_assembler_name)
946
947HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
948
949/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling.  All of these
950   default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles.  */
951#undef HOOK_PREFIX
952#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
953HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
954
955/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
956   return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
957   the dependence LINK.  The default is to make no adjustment.  */
958DEFHOOK
959(adjust_cost,
960 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
961relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
962dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}.  It should return the new\n\
963value.  The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}.  This can be\n\
964used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
965description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
966as a data-dependence.  If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
967description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
968output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
969times of the first and the second insns.  If these values are not\n\
970acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too.  See also\n\
971@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
972 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
973       unsigned int dw),
974 NULL)
975
976/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit.  Returns the new priority.  */
977DEFHOOK
978(adjust_priority,
979 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
980@var{insn}.  It should return the new priority.  Increase the priority to\n\
981execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
982later.  Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
983scheduling priorities of insns.",
984 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
985
986/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
987   scheduled in the same machine cycle.  This must be constant
988   over an entire compilation.  The default is 1.  */
989DEFHOOK
990(issue_rate,
991 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
992issue at the same time on the target machine.  The default is one.\n\
993Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
994an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
995constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
996hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
997This value must be constant over the entire compilation.  If you need\n\
998it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
999@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1000 int, (void), NULL)
1001
1002/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1003   can emit this cycle.  Default is they all cost the same.  */
1004DEFHOOK
1005(variable_issue,
1006 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1007from the ready list.  It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1008still be issued in the current cycle.  The default is\n\
1009@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1010@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1011You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1012than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1013@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1014debug output to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1015@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.  @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1016was scheduled.",
1017 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1018
1019/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code.  */
1020DEFHOOK
1021(init,
1022 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1023instructions that are to be scheduled.  @var{file} is either a null\n\
1024pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.  @var{verbose}\n\
1025is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1026@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1027region that can be live at the same time.  This can be used to allocate\n\
1028scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1029 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1030
1031/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code.  */
1032DEFHOOK
1033(finish,
1034 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1035instructions that are to be scheduled.  It can be used to perform\n\
1036cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks.  @var{file}\n\
1037is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1038to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1039@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1040 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1041
1042 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code.  */
1043DEFHOOK
1044(init_global,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1046@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1047@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1048@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1049 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1050
1051/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code.  */
1052DEFHOOK
1053(finish_global,
1054 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1055@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1056@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1057 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1058
1059/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1060       places.  Default does nothing.  */
1061DEFHOOK
1062(reorder,
1063 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1064list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1065combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1066@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1067debug output to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1068@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.  @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1069list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled.  @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1070a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list.  The scheduler\n\
1071reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1072@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0].  @var{clock}\n\
1073is the timer tick of the scheduler.  You may modify the ready list and\n\
1074the number of ready insns.  The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1075can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}.  See also\n\
1076@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1077 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1078
1079DEFHOOK
1080(reorder2,
1081 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time.  That\n\
1082function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle.  This one\n\
1083is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1084@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1085return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle.  Defining\n\
1086this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1087scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1088cycle.  These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1089 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1090
1091DEFHOOK
1092(macro_fusion_p,
1093 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1094 bool, (void), NULL)
1095
1096DEFHOOK
1097(macro_fusion_pair_p,
1098 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1099a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1100(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1101group, and they will not be scheduled apart.  The two insns will be either\n\
1102two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1103validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1104 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1105
1106/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1107   after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1108   by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly).  */
1109DEFHOOK
1110(dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1111 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1112chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1113correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain.  For\n\
1114example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1115analysis of dependencies.  This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1116dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1117calculated.",
1118 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1119
1120/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1121   used to simplify the automaton descriptions.  dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1122   dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1123   change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1124   processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes.  The function
1125   defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1126   used to initialize the corresponding insns.  The default values of
1127   the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1128   new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes.  */
1129
1130DEFHOOK
1131(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1132 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1133 void, (void), NULL)
1134
1135DEFHOOK
1136(dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1137 "The hook returns an RTL insn.  The automaton state used in the\n\
1138pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1139when the new simulated processor cycle starts.  Usage of the hook may\n\
1140simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1141processors.  If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1142based pipeline description.  The default is not to change the state\n\
1143when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1144 rtx, (void), NULL)
1145
1146DEFHOOK
1147(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1148 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1149used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1150 void, (void), NULL)
1151
1152DEFHOOK
1153(dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1154 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1155to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1156simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1157 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1158
1159/* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1160   functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1161   dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1162   immediately before and after cycle is advanced.  */
1163
1164DEFHOOK
1165(dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1166 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1167The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1168to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1169state on a single insn is not enough.",
1170 void, (void), NULL)
1171
1172DEFHOOK
1173(dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1174 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1175The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1176to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1177state on a single insn is not enough.",
1178 void, (void), NULL)
1179
1180/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1181   which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1182   multi-pass scheduling.  If the member value is nonzero and the
1183   function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1184   multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle.  In other words, we will
1185   try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1186   insns on the same cycle.  */
1187DEFHOOK
1188(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1189 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1190for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler.  Usually the scheduler\n\
1191chooses the first insn from the queue.  If the hook returns a positive\n\
1192value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1193@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1194subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1195maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle.  For the\n\
1196@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1197packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn.  Of course, if the\n\
1198rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1199\n\
1200This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1201processors.  Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1202with 3 pipelines.  Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1203@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1204@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}.  The\n\
1205processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1206@var{B}.  In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1207until the next cycle.  If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1208the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1209\n\
1210Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1211pipeline hazard recognizer.  We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1212schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1213\n\
1214The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1215 int, (void), NULL)
1216
1217/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1218   what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1219   multipass insn scheduling.  If the hook returns zero for insn
1220   passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued.  */
1221DEFHOOK
1222(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1223 "\n\
1224This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1225considered for the multipass insn scheduling.  If the hook returns\n\
1226zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1227Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1228the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1229Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1230number of cycles.\n\
1231Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1232instruction at position 0 in the ready list.  @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1233to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1234\n\
1235The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1236 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1237
1238/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1239   scheduling.
1240   DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1241   READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1242   optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
1243   should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1244   elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1245   FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1246   scheduling on current cycle.  */
1247DEFHOOK
1248(first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1249 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1250scheduling.",
1251 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1252 NULL)
1253
1254/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1255   DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1256   of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1257   READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258   optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
1259   should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260   elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1261   INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1262   PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1263   to a state before issuing INSN.  */
1264DEFHOOK
1265(first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1266 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1267 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1268	const void *prev_data), NULL)
1269
1270/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1271   instruction corresponding to DATA.
1272   DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1273   of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1274   described in DFA.
1275   READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1276   optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
1277   should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1278   elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.  */
1279DEFHOOK
1280(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1281 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1282an instruction.",
1283 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1284
1285/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1286   round of multipass scheduling.
1287   DATA is a pointer.
1288   If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1289   scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1290   the winning solution.  DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1291   a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1292   usually after advancing the cycle count.  */
1293DEFHOOK
1294(first_cycle_multipass_end,
1295 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1296round of multipass scheduling.",
1297 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1298
1299/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1300   scheduling after it has been allocated.
1301   DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1302   of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1303   described in DFA.  */
1304DEFHOOK
1305(first_cycle_multipass_init,
1306 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1307 void, (void *data), NULL)
1308
1309/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1310   scheduling before it is deallocated.
1311   DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1312   of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1313   described in DFA.  */
1314DEFHOOK
1315(first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1316 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1317 void, (void *data), NULL)
1318
1319/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1320   the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1321   parameter on given cycle.  If the hook returns nonzero, the
1322   insn is not issued on given processors cycle.  Instead of that,
1323   the processor cycle is advanced.  If the value passed through
1324   the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1325   on the new cycle start as usually.  The first parameter passes
1326   file for debugging output.  The second one passes the scheduler
1327   verbose level of the debugging output.  The forth and the fifth
1328   parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1329   the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle.  */
1330DEFHOOK
1331(dfa_new_cycle,
1332 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1333on cycle @var{clock}.  If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1334@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle.  Instead,\n\
1335the processor cycle is advanced.  If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1336is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1337start as usually.  @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1338verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1339@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1340processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1341and the current processor cycle.",
1342 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1343       int clock, int *sort_p),
1344 NULL)
1345
1346/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1347   insn scheduler.  It should return true if there exists a dependence
1348   which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1349   DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP).  The first parameter is
1350   the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns.  The
1351   second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1352   the scheduler.  The last argument is the distance in cycles
1353   between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1354   second insn (second parameter).  */
1355DEFHOOK
1356(is_costly_dependence,
1357 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1358the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1359are involved in the dependence too close to one another.  The parameters\n\
1360to this hook are as follows:  The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1361being evaluated.  The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1362dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1363parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1364The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1365insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1366and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1367\n\
1368Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1369where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1370delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1371that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1372important.  In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1373closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance;  however,\n\
1374not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1375 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1376
1377/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1378   by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1379   that new instructions were emitted.  */
1380DEFHOOK
1381(h_i_d_extended,
1382 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1383the instruction stream.  The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1384per instruction data structures.",
1385 void, (void), NULL)
1386
1387/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling.  */
1388
1389/* Allocate memory for scheduler context.  */
1390DEFHOOK
1391(alloc_sched_context,
1392 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1393 void *, (void), NULL)
1394
1395/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context.  */
1396DEFHOOK
1397(init_sched_context,
1398 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1399It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1400beginning of the block.  Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1402
1403/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value.  */
1404DEFHOOK
1405(set_sched_context,
1406 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1407 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1408
1409/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init.  */
1410DEFHOOK
1411(clear_sched_context,
1412 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1413 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1414
1415/* Frees the scheduler context.  */
1416DEFHOOK
1417(free_sched_context,
1418 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1419 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1420
1421/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1422   by the insn scheduler.
1423   The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1424   of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1425   speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1426   It should return
1427   -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1428   0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1429   1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1430   generated one.  */
1431DEFHOOK
1432(speculate_insn,
1433 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1434speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1435The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1436version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1437pattern.  The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1438or @minus{}1, if it doesn't.  @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1439speculation.  If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1440the generated speculative pattern.",
1441 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1442
1443/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1444   by the insn scheduler.  It should return true if the check instruction
1445   passed as the parameter needs a recovery block.  */
1446DEFHOOK
1447(needs_block_p,
1448 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1449for @var{insn}.  It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1450instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1451 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1452
1453/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1454   by the insn scheduler.  It should return a pattern for the check
1455   instruction.
1456   The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1457   is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1458   simple check).  The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1459   is being performed.  */
1460DEFHOOK
1461(gen_spec_check,
1462 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1463check instruction.  If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1464speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1465@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1466be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1467recovery code (a simple check).  If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1468a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1469@var{insn} should be generated.  In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1470 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1471
1472/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1473   information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1474   The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable.  */
1475DEFHOOK
1476(set_sched_flags,
1477 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1478enabled/used.\n\
1479The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1480The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1481 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1482
1483DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1484(get_insn_spec_ds,
1485 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1486 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1487
1488DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1489(get_insn_checked_ds,
1490 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1491 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1492
1493DEFHOOK
1494(can_speculate_insn,
1495 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1496 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong.  Often such\n\
1497 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1498 pipeline descriptions.  This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1499 should not be speculated.",
1500 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1501
1502DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1503(skip_rtx_p,
1504 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1505 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1506 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1507
1508/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1509   information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1510   used by the swing modulo scheduler.  The parameter is a pointer
1511   to ddg variable.  */
1512DEFHOOK
1513(sms_res_mii,
1514 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1515resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1516the machine and the resources required by each instruction.  The target\n\
1517backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound.  A very simple lower\n\
1518bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1519of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1520 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1521
1522/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1523   schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1524   parameters.  */
1525DEFHOOK
1526(dispatch_do,
1527"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler.  It performs the operation specified\n\
1528in its second parameter.",
1529void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1530hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1531
1532/* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1533   dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1534   as the second parameter is true.  */
1535DEFHOOK
1536(dispatch,
1537"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler.  It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1538is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1539bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1540hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1541
1542DEFHOOKPOD
1543(exposed_pipeline,
1544"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1545the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1546also the latencies of operations.",
1547bool, false)
1548
1549/* The following member value is a function that returns number
1550   of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1551   statements of the given type.  By default 1 is used.  */
1552DEFHOOK
1553(reassociation_width,
1554"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1555parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1556int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1557hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1558
1559/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1560   fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters.  */
1561DEFHOOK
1562(fusion_priority,
1563"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass.  It calculates fusion\n\
1564priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter.  The priorities\n\
1565are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1566\n\
1567@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1568@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1569@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1570fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1571@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1572should be calculated and returned.\n\
1573\n\
1574Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1575be scheduled together.  Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1576instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}.  @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1577sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key.  All instructions will be\n\
1578scheduled according to the two priorities.  All priorities calculated\n\
1579should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive).  To avoid\n\
1580false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1581scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1582instructions.\n\
1583\n\
1584Given below example:\n\
1585\n\
1586@smallexample\n\
1587    ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1588    add r4, r4, r10\n\
1589    ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1590    sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1591    ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1592    add r4, r4, r11\n\
1593    ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1594    sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1595@end smallexample\n\
1596\n\
1597On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1598merged.  Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1599loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow.  That's where\n\
1600this scheduling fusion pass works.  This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1601instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1602\n\
1603@smallexample\n\
1604    ldr r10, [r1, 4]  ; fusion_pri=99,  pri=96\n\
1605    add r4, r4, r10   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1606    ldr r15, [r2, 8]  ; fusion_pri=98,  pri=92\n\
1607    sub r5, r5, r15   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1608    ldr r11, [r1, 0]  ; fusion_pri=99,  pri=100\n\
1609    add r4, r4, r11   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1610    ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98,  pri=88\n\
1611    sub r5, r5, r16   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1612@end smallexample\n\
1613\n\
1614Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1615to the priorities.  As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1616pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1617\n\
1618@smallexample\n\
1619    ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1620    ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1621    ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1622    ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1623    add r4, r4, r10\n\
1624    sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1625    add r4, r4, r11\n\
1626    sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1627@end smallexample\n\
1628\n\
1629Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1630\n\
1631Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1632work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1633\n\
1634This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1635the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1636void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1637
1638HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1639
1640/* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones.  */
1641#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1642#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1643HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1644
1645DEFHOOK
1646(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1647"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1648fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1649@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1650The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1651or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1652int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1653
1654DEFHOOK
1655(adjust,
1656"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1657to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1658void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1659
1660DEFHOOK
1661(usable,
1662"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1663in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1664usable.  In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1665to use it.",
1666int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1667
1668HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1669
1670/* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform.  */
1671#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1672#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1673HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1674
1675DEFHOOK
1676(vf,
1677"Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1678int, (void), NULL)
1679
1680HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1681
1682/* Functions relating to openacc.  */
1683#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1684#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1685HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1686
1687DEFHOOK
1688(validate_dims,
1689"This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1690compute region, or routine.  Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1691and non-constant values as 0.  The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1692function corresponding to the compute region.  For a routine is is the\n\
1693outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned.  The hook\n\
1694should verify non-default values.  If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1695are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1696Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate.  Return\n\
1697true, if changes have been made.  You must override this hook to\n\
1698provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1699bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
1700default_goacc_validate_dims)
1701
1702DEFHOOK
1703(dim_limit,
1704"This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1705or zero if unbounded.",
1706int, (int axis),
1707default_goacc_dim_limit)
1708
1709DEFHOOK
1710(fork_join,
1711"This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1712function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1713should be retained.  It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1714It should return true, if the call should be retained.  It should\n\
1715return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1716gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1717The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1718bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1719default_goacc_fork_join)
1720
1721DEFHOOK
1722(reduction,
1723"This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1724@var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1725instructions.  @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1726the function.  This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1727expanded sequence has been inserted.  This hook is also responsible\n\
1728for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1729void, (gcall *call),
1730default_goacc_reduction)
1731
1732HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1733
1734/* Functions relating to vectorization.  */
1735#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1736#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1737HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1738
1739/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1740   by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1741   function.  */
1742DEFHOOK
1743(builtin_mask_for_load,
1744 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1745address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1746used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1747@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1748\n\
1749The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1750@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1751the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1752@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1753two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1754@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1755the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1756from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1757@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1758@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1759@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1760\n\
1761If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1762to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1763use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1764@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1765should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1766described above.\n\
1767If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1768the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1769log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1770 tree, (void), NULL)
1771
1772/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1773   a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
1774DEFHOOK
1775(builtin_vectorized_function,
1776 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1777vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1778@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1779The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1780@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1781 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1782 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1783
1784/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1785   a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
1786DEFHOOK
1787(builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1788 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1789vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}.  The\n\
1790return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1791@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1792 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1793 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1794
1795/* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1796   vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
1797DEFHOOK
1798(builtin_conversion,
1799 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1800input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1801The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1802specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1803(truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1804\n\
1805If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1806@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1807conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1808 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1809 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1810
1811/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1812   model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1813   on the data type and misalignment value.  */
1814DEFHOOK
1815(builtin_vectorization_cost,
1816 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1817For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1818misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1819 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1820 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1821
1822DEFHOOK
1823(preferred_vector_alignment,
1824 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1825vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code.  This might be less than\n\
1826or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1827@code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}.  It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1828a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1829for alignment.\n\
1830\n\
1831The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1832correct for most targets.",
1833 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
1834 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1835
1836/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1837   iterations) for the given scalar type.  */
1838DEFHOOK
1839(vector_alignment_reachable,
1840 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}.  @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1841 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1842 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1843
1844DEFHOOK
1845(vec_perm_const,
1846 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1847vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1848also to emit such a permutation.  In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1849and @var{out} are all null.  In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1850the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1851registers of mode @var{mode}.  @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1852@var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1853\n\
1854Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1855if rtxes are provided.\n\
1856\n\
1857@cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1858If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1859try the equivalent byte operation.  If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1860the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1861instruction pattern.  There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1862implementation approaches itself.",
1863 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1864	const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1865 NULL)
1866
1867/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1868   specific factor denoted in the third parameter.  The last parameter
1869   is true if the access is defined in a packed struct.  */
1870DEFHOOK
1871(support_vector_misalignment,
1872 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1873store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1874parameter.  The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1875the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}.  @var{is_packed}\n\
1876parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1877 bool,
1878 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1879 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1880
1881/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1882   scalar mode.  */
1883DEFHOOK
1884(preferred_simd_mode,
1885 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1886mode @var{mode}.  The default is\n\
1887equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1888transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1889 machine_mode,
1890 (scalar_mode mode),
1891 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1892
1893/* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to.  */
1894DEFHOOK
1895(split_reduction,
1896 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1897step on @var{mode} to.  The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1898against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1899reached.  The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1900  machine_mode,
1901  (machine_mode),
1902  default_split_reduction)
1903
1904/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1905   after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode.  */
1906DEFHOOK
1907(autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1908 "If the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is not\n\
1909the only one that is worth considering, this hook should add all suitable\n\
1910vector sizes to @var{sizes}, in order of decreasing preference.  The first\n\
1911one should be the size of @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1912\n\
1913The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1914@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1915for autovectorization.  The default implementation does nothing.",
1916 void,
1917 (vector_sizes *sizes),
1918 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1919
1920/* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask.  */
1921DEFHOOK
1922(get_mask_mode,
1923 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1924in a vector.  This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1925represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1926long and contains @var{nunits} elements.  The hook returns an empty\n\
1927@code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1928\n\
1929The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1930is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1931if such a mode exists.",
1932 opt_machine_mode,
1933 (poly_uint64 nunits, poly_uint64 length),
1934 default_get_mask_mode)
1935
1936/* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1937   mask is all zeros.  */
1938DEFHOOK
1939(empty_mask_is_expensive,
1940 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1941type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1942all zeros.  GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1943 bool,
1944 (unsigned ifn),
1945 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
1946
1947/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation.  */
1948DEFHOOK
1949(builtin_gather,
1950 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation.  @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1951is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1952the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1953The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1954loads.",
1955 tree,
1956 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1957 NULL)
1958
1959/* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation.  */
1960DEFHOOK
1961(builtin_scatter,
1962"Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation.  @var{vectype}\n\
1963is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1964the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1965The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1966stores.",
1967 tree,
1968 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1969 NULL)
1970
1971/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block.  */
1972DEFHOOK
1973(init_cost,
1974 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1975 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block.  The default "
1976 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1977 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block.  If @var{loop_info} is "
1978 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1979 "is being vectorized.",
1980 void *,
1981 (struct loop *loop_info),
1982 default_init_cost)
1983
1984/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1985   given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1986    block.  */
1987DEFHOOK
1988(add_stmt_cost,
1989 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
1990 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1991 "loop or basic block.  The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1992 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1993 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added.  The "
1994 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1995 "revised.",
1996 unsigned,
1997 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
1998  struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1999  enum vect_cost_model_location where),
2000 default_add_stmt_cost)
2001
2002/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2003   loop or block.  */
2004DEFHOOK
2005(finish_cost,
2006 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
2007 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
2008 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers.  The default returns the value of "
2009 "the three accumulators.",
2010 void,
2011 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2012  unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2013 default_finish_cost)
2014
2015/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data.  */
2016DEFHOOK
2017(destroy_cost_data,
2018 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2019 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST.  The default releases the "
2020 "accumulator.",
2021 void,
2022 (void *data),
2023 default_destroy_cost_data)
2024
2025HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2026
2027#undef HOOK_PREFIX
2028#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2029
2030DEFHOOK
2031(record_offload_symbol,
2032 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2033sections are available.  It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2034recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2035 void, (tree),
2036 hook_void_tree)
2037
2038DEFHOOKPOD
2039(absolute_biggest_alignment,
2040 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2041that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2042@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2043 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2044
2045/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2046  been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2047  end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma.  */
2048DEFHOOK
2049(override_options_after_change,
2050 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2051but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2052pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2053attribute or pragma.  It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2054when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2055actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2056@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2057 void, (void),
2058 hook_void_void)
2059
2060DEFHOOK
2061(offload_options,
2062 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file.  It should\n\
2063translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2064into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2065to express such options.  It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2066separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2067char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2068
2069DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2070(eh_return_filter_mode,
2071 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2072 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2073 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2074
2075/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions.  */
2076DEFHOOK
2077(libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2078 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2079of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls.  If not defined\n\
2080@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2081targets.",
2082 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2083 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2084
2085/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions.  */
2086DEFHOOK
2087(libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2088 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2089of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls.  If not defined\n\
2090@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2091targets.",
2092 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2093 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2094
2095/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type.  */
2096DEFHOOK
2097(unwind_word_mode,
2098 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2099The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2100 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2101 default_unwind_word_mode)
2102
2103/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result.  */
2104DEFHOOK
2105(merge_decl_attributes,
2106 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2107handling.  If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2108@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2109@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}.  Examples of\n\
2110when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2111attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition.  This function may\n\
2112call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2113\n\
2114@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2115If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2116for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2117@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}.  The compiler\n\
2118will then define a function called\n\
2119@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2120the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.  You can also\n\
2121add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2122to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2123@samp{dllexport} attributes.  This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2124@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2125 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2126 merge_decl_attributes)
2127
2128/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result.  */
2129DEFHOOK
2130(merge_type_attributes,
2131 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2132handling.  If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2133@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}.  It is assumed\n\
2134that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1.  This\n\
2135function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2136merging.",
2137 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2138 merge_type_attributes)
2139
2140/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2141   Ignored if NULL.  */
2142DEFHOOKPOD
2143(attribute_table,
2144 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2145attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2146specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2147entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2148take.",
2149 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2150
2151/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2152   argument.  */
2153DEFHOOK
2154(attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2155 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2156machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2157given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2158subjected to name lookup.  If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2159false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2160 bool, (const_tree name),
2161 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2162
2163/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2164   one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2165   (which causes a warning to be generated).  */
2166DEFHOOK
2167(comp_type_attributes,
2168 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2169@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2170and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2171generated).  If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2172supposed always to be compatible.",
2173 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2174 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2175
2176/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE.  */
2177DEFHOOK
2178(set_default_type_attributes,
2179 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2180the newly defined @var{type}.",
2181 void, (tree type),
2182 hook_void_tree)
2183
2184/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL.  */
2185DEFHOOK
2186(insert_attributes,
2187 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2188when it is being created.  This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2189wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2190the pragma's effect.  The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2191created.  The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2192for this decl.  The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2193shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2194the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2195attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2196needed.",
2197 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2198 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2199
2200/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2201   can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise.  */
2202DEFHOOK
2203(function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2204 "@cindex inlining\n\
2205This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2206into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2207attributes, @code{false} otherwise.  By default, if a function has a\n\
2208target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2209 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2210 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2211
2212/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2213   Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules.  */
2214DEFHOOK
2215(ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2216 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2217@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2218Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2219unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2220different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2221alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2222bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2223the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2224(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2225another bit-field of nonzero size.  If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2226other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2227\n\
2228When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2229of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2230bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2231and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2232chunk of 32 bits.  However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2233size is allocated).  In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2234alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2235\n\
2236If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2237the latter will take precedence.  If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2238used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2239precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2240may affect its placement.",
2241 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2242 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2243
2244/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2245   target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2246   before switching completely to the target hook.  */
2247DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2248(words_big_endian,
2249 "",
2250 bool, (void),
2251 targhook_words_big_endian)
2252
2253/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN.  */
2254DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2255(float_words_big_endian,
2256 "",
2257 bool, (void),
2258 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2259
2260DEFHOOK
2261(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2262 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2263 and rounding modes, false otherwise.  This is intended to relate to the\
2264 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2265 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2266 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2267 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2268 does not.",
2269 bool, (void),
2270 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2271
2272/* True if the target supports decimal floating point.  */
2273DEFHOOK
2274(decimal_float_supported_p,
2275 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2276 bool, (void),
2277 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2278
2279/* True if the target supports fixed-point.  */
2280DEFHOOK
2281(fixed_point_supported_p,
2282 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2283 bool, (void),
2284 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2285
2286/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment.  */
2287DEFHOOK
2288(align_anon_bitfield,
2289 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2290whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2291structure.  The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2292the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2293 bool, (void),
2294 hook_bool_void_false)
2295
2296/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2297   Return false if they should use the container type.  */
2298DEFHOOK
2299(narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2300 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2301should use the narrowest mode possible.  It should return @code{false} if\n\
2302these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2303\n\
2304The default is @code{false}.",
2305 bool, (void),
2306 hook_bool_void_false)
2307
2308/* Set up target-specific built-in functions.  */
2309DEFHOOK
2310(init_builtins,
2311 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2312that need to be defined.  It should be a function that performs the\n\
2313necessary setup.\n\
2314\n\
2315Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2316instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2317they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2318instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2319\n\
2320To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2321@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2322which is defined by the language front end.  You can use any type nodes set\n\
2323up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2324only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2325@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2326 void, (void),
2327 hook_void_void)
2328
2329/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2330   built-in function decl for CODE.
2331   Return NULL if that is not possible.  Return error_mark_node if CODE
2332   is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes.  */
2333DEFHOOK
2334(builtin_decl,
2335 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2336that need to be defined.  It should be a function that returns the\n\
2337builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2338If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2339if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2340If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2341@code{error_mark_node}.",
2342 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2343
2344/* Expand a target-specific builtin.  */
2345DEFHOOK
2346(expand_builtin,
2347 "\n\
2348Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2349@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2350function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2351convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2352@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2353@var{exp}'s operands.  @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2354ignored.  This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2355built-in function.",
2356 rtx,
2357 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2358 default_expand_builtin)
2359
2360DEFHOOK
2361(builtin_chkp_function,
2362 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2363Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation.  Hook should return\n\
2364fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2365passed in @var{fcode}.  Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2366obtained using this hook:\n\
2367@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2368Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK.  This built-in function is used\n\
2369by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values.  @var{lb} holds low\n\
2370bound of the resulting bounds.  @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2371@end deftypefn\n\
2372\n\
2373@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2374Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}.  This built-in function is used\n\
2375by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2376when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2377@end deftypefn\n\
2378\n\
2379@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2380Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}.  This built-in function is used\n\
2381by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2382address @var{loc}.\n\
2383@end deftypefn\n\
2384\n\
2385@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2386Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}.  This built-in function is used\n\
2387by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2388lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2389@end deftypefn\n\
2390\n\
2391@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2392Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}.  This built-in function is used\n\
2393by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2394upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2395@end deftypefn\n\
2396\n\
2397@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2398Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}.  This built-in function is used\n\
2399by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2400@var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2401@end deftypefn\n\
2402\n\
2403@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2404Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}.  This built-in function\n\
2405returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2406@end deftypefn\n\
2407\n\
2408@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2409Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}.  This built-in function\n\
2410returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2411[@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2412@end deftypefn\n\
2413\n\
2414@deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2415Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}.  This built-in function\n\
2416returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2417@code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}.  This built-in is used by\n\
2418Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2419(e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2420@end deftypefn\n\
2421\n\
2422@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2423Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}.  This built-in function\n\
2424returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2425@end deftypefn\n\
2426\n\
2427@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2428Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}.  This built-in function\n\
2429returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2430@end deftypefn",
2431 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2432 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2433
2434DEFHOOK
2435(chkp_bound_type,
2436 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2437 tree, (void),
2438 default_chkp_bound_type)
2439
2440DEFHOOK
2441(chkp_bound_mode,
2442 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2443 machine_mode, (void),
2444 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2445
2446DEFHOOK
2447(chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2448 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2449with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2450 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2451 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2452
2453DEFHOOK
2454(chkp_initialize_bounds,
2455 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2456bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}.  Return\n\
2457the number of generated statements.",
2458 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2459 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2460
2461/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin.  This is done
2462   *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2463   implement a crude form of function overloading.  The result is a
2464   complete expression that implements the operation.  PARAMS really
2465   has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here.  */
2466DEFHOOK
2467(resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2468 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2469was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  This is done\n\
2470@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2471implement a crude form of function overloading.  @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2472declaration of the built-in function.  @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2473arguments passed to the built-in function.  The result is a\n\
2474complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2475another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2476@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2477 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2478
2479/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2480   and GENERIC.  */
2481DEFHOOK
2482(fold_builtin,
2483 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2484@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2485built-in function.  @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2486the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2487The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2488containing a simplified expression for the call's result.  If\n\
2489@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2490 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2491 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2492
2493/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree.  */
2494DEFHOOK
2495(gimple_fold_builtin,
2496 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2497by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2498statement holding the function call.  Returns true if any change\n\
2499was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2500 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2501 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2502
2503/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2504   determine which function's features get higher priority.  This is used
2505   during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2506   versions must be dispatched.  A function version with a higher priority
2507   is checked for dispatching earlier.  DECL1 and DECL2 are
2508   the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2509   if DECL1 is higher priority,  negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2510   and 0 if they are the same. */
2511DEFHOOK
2512(compare_version_priority,
2513 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2514determine which function's features get higher priority.  This is used\n\
2515during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2516versions must be dispatched.  A function version with a higher priority\n\
2517is checked for dispatching earlier.  @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2518 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2519 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2520
2521/*  Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2522    function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2523    ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2524    must be generated.  */
2525DEFHOOK
2526(generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2527 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2528function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2529@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2530body must be generated.",
2531 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2532
2533/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2534   versions.  The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2535   version at run-time.  DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2536   identical versions.  */
2537DEFHOOK
2538(get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2539 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2540versions.  The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2541version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2542identical versions.",
2543 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2544
2545/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2546   reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
2547DEFHOOK
2548(builtin_reciprocal,
2549 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2550reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2551@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2552 tree, (tree fndecl),
2553 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2554
2555/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2556   string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE.  In all other cases, return
2557   NULL.  */
2558DEFHOOK
2559(mangle_type,
2560 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2561uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2562to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2563mangled name.  The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2564the type to be mangled.  The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2565not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2566for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize.  If the\n\
2567return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2568string constant.\n\
2569\n\
2570Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2571qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types.  Encode new\n\
2572fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2573is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2574length of @var{name} in decimal.  Encode qualified versions of\n\
2575ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2576@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2577@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2578code used to represent the unqualified version of this type.  (See\n\
2579@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2580codes.)  In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2581spaces in your string.\n\
2582\n\
2583This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution.  If the mangled\n\
2584name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2585can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2586before mangling.\n\
2587\n\
2588The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2589appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2590types.",
2591 const char *, (const_tree type),
2592 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2593
2594/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target.  */
2595DEFHOOK
2596(init_libfuncs,
2597 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2598existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2599@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2600@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2601library routines.\n\
2602\n\
2603The default is to do nothing.  Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2604 void, (void),
2605 hook_void_void)
2606
2607 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __.  */
2608DEFHOOKPOD
2609(libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2610 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2611underscores.  If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2612instead.  E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}.  This\n\
2613currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.  If this\n\
2614is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2615@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2616  bool, false)
2617
2618/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2619   has relocs, choose attributes for the section.  */
2620/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION.  */
2621DEFHOOK
2622(section_type_flags,
2623 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2624based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2625declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations.  @var{decl} may be\n\
2626null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2627\n\
2628The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2629read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}.  You should only\n\
2630need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2631set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2632 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2633 default_section_type_flags)
2634
2635DEFHOOK
2636(libc_has_function,
2637 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2638@var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2639 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2640 default_libc_has_function)
2641
2642/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2643   not, at the current point in the compilation.  */
2644DEFHOOK
2645(cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2646 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2647instructions could be created.  On machines that require a register for\n\
2648every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2649reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2650\n\
2651@smallexample\n\
2652static bool\n\
2653cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2654@{\n\
2655  return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2656@}\n\
2657@end smallexample",
2658 bool, (void),
2659 hook_bool_void_false)
2660
2661/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE.  */
2662DEFHOOK
2663(can_follow_jump,
2664 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2665  return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2666  false, if it can't.\
2667  For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2668  follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2669 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2670 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2671
2672/* Return a register class for which branch target register
2673   optimizations should be applied.  */
2674DEFHOOK
2675(branch_target_register_class,
2676 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2677optimizations should be applied.  All registers in this class should be\n\
2678usable interchangeably.  After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2679re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2680to inter-block scheduling.",
2681 reg_class_t, (void),
2682 default_branch_target_register_class)
2683
2684/* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2685   callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2686   function.  AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2687   already been generated.  */
2688DEFHOOK
2689(branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2690 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2691registers\n\
2692that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2693returns true, they will be included.  The target code must than make sure\n\
2694that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2695@samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2696saved.  @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2697epilogues have already been generated.  Note, even if you only return\n\
2698true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2699to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2700to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2701 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2702 hook_bool_bool_false)
2703
2704/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution.  */
2705DEFHOOK
2706(have_conditional_execution,
2707 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2708This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2709modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2710 bool, (void),
2711 default_have_conditional_execution)
2712
2713DEFHOOK
2714(gen_ccmp_first,
2715 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2716 sequence of conditional comparisions.  It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2717 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2718 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2719 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}.  They will be emitted when all the\n\
2720 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2721 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2722 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2723 NULL)
2724
2725DEFHOOK
2726(gen_ccmp_next,
2727 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2728 of conditional comparisons.  It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2729 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2730 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2731 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}.  They will be emitted when all the\n\
2732 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.  The\n\
2733 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2734 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}.  It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2735 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2736 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2737 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2738 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2739 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2740 NULL)
2741
2742/* Return a new value for loop unroll size.  */
2743DEFHOOK
2744(loop_unroll_adjust,
2745 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2746should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2747the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2748the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2749is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2750number of memory accesses.",
2751 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2752 NULL)
2753
2754/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand.  */
2755DEFHOOK
2756(legitimate_constant_p,
2757 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2758@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine.  You can assume that\n\
2759@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2760\n\
2761The default definition returns true.",
2762 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2763 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2764
2765/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool.  */
2766DEFHOOK
2767(cannot_force_const_mem,
2768 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2769should not) be spilled to the constant pool.  @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2770of @var{x}.\n\
2771\n\
2772The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2773\n\
2774The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2775deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2776from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2777holding the constant.  This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2778of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2779 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2780 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2781
2782DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2783(cannot_copy_insn_p,
2784 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2785 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2786
2787/* True if X is considered to be commutative.  */
2788DEFHOOK
2789(commutative_p,
2790 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2791Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2792PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@.  @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2793of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2794 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2795 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2796
2797/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2798   on the mode of the memory reference it is used in.  */
2799DEFHOOK
2800(mode_dependent_address_p,
2801 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2802space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2803different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2804reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2805but not others.\n\
2806\n\
2807Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2808effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2809of the operand being addressed.  Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2810addresses.  Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2811\n\
2812You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2813\n\
2814The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2815 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2816 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2817
2818/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2819   ways to make it legitimate.  Return X or an invalid address on failure.  */
2820DEFHOOK
2821(legitimize_address,
2822 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2823operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2824address.\n\
2825\n\
2826@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2827@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2828and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2829@var{x}.\n\
2830\n\
2831The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2832@var{x}.  If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2833should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2834\n\
2835It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2836with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2837The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases.  In fact, if\n\
2838the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2839is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2840a valid way to legitimize the address.  But often a machine-dependent\n\
2841strategy can generate better code.",
2842 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2843 default_legitimize_address)
2844
2845/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS.  */
2846DEFHOOK
2847(delegitimize_address,
2848 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2849@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2850macros.  Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2851references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2852addressing modes.  This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2853the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2854into their original form.",
2855 rtx, (rtx x),
2856 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2857
2858/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2859   section.  */
2860DEFHOOK
2861(const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2862 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2863debug sections.",
2864 bool, (rtx x),
2865 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2866
2867/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid.  */
2868DEFHOOK
2869(legitimate_address_p,
2870 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2871address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2872\n\
2873Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2874non-strict one.  The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2875desired by the caller.\n\
2876\n\
2877The strict variant is used in the reload pass.  It must be defined so\n\
2878that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2879considered a memory reference.  This is because in contexts where some\n\
2880kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2881must be rejected.  For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2882up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2883register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2884if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2885\n\
2886The non-strict variant is used in other passes.  It must be defined to\n\
2887accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2888register is required.\n\
2889\n\
2890Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2891and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2892constant.  Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2893specifically as legitimate addresses.  Normally you would simply\n\
2894recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2895\n\
2896Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2897sums that are not marked with  @code{const}.  It assumes that a naked\n\
2898@code{plus} indicates indexing.  If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2899naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2900be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2901\n\
2902@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2903On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2904the section that the address refers to.  On these machines, define the\n\
2905target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2906into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here.  When you see a\n\
2907@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2908@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section.  @xref{Assembler\n\
2909Format}.\n\
2910\n\
2911@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2912Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2913this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro.  This macro\n\
2914has this syntax:\n\
2915\n\
2916@example\n\
2917#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2918@end example\n\
2919\n\
2920@noindent\n\
2921and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2922address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2923\n\
2924@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2925Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2926macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}.  You should use an\n\
2927@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2928that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2929\n\
2930Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2931files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2932 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2933 default_legitimate_address_p)
2934
2935/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block.  */
2936DEFHOOK
2937(use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2938 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2939be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.  @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2940of @var{x}.\n\
2941\n\
2942The default version returns false for all constants.",
2943 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2944 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2945
2946/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block.  */
2947DEFHOOK
2948(use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2949 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2950be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2951\n\
2952The default version returns true for all decls.",
2953 bool, (const_tree decl),
2954 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2955
2956/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses.  */
2957DEFHOOKPOD
2958(min_anchor_offset,
2959 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2960On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2961applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2962for every mode.  The default value is 0.",
2963 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2964
2965DEFHOOKPOD
2966(max_anchor_offset,
2967 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2968offset that should be applied to section anchors.  The default\n\
2969value is 0.",
2970 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2971
2972/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol.  */
2973DEFHOOK
2974(use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2975 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2976@var{x}.  You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2977@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2978\n\
2979The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2980intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2981or target-specific sections.",
2982 bool, (const_rtx x),
2983 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2984
2985/* True if target supports indirect functions.  */
2986DEFHOOK
2987(has_ifunc_p,
2988 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2989The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2990The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2991 bool, (void),
2992 default_has_ifunc_p)
2993
2994/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2995   call expression EXP.  DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2996   this is an indirect call.  */
2997DEFHOOK
2998(function_ok_for_sibcall,
2999 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
3000call expression @var{exp}.  @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
3001or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
3002\n\
3003It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
3004tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
3005during PIC compilation.  The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
3006as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
3007``normal'' call.  The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
3008may vary greatly between different architectures.",
3009 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
3010 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
3011
3012/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
3013   FNDECL.  The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
3014   level, outside of any function scope.  */
3015DEFHOOK
3016(set_current_function,
3017 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
3018context (@code{cfun}).  You can define this function if\n\
3019the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
3020per-function basis.  For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
3021attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3022The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3023and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3024and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3025The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3026\n\
3027GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3028some parts of the back end.  The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3029situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3030or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3031@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3032outside of any function scope.",
3033 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3034
3035/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section.  */
3036DEFHOOK
3037(in_small_data_p,
3038 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3039The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3040 bool, (const_tree exp),
3041 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3042
3043/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3044   to the current executable or shared library.  */
3045DEFHOOK
3046(binds_local_p,
3047 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3048rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3049or executable image).\n\
3050\n\
3051The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3052for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3053currently supported object file formats.",
3054 bool, (const_tree exp),
3055 default_binds_local_p)
3056
3057/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue.  */
3058DEFHOOK
3059(profile_before_prologue,
3060 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3061The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3062@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3063 bool, (void),
3064 default_profile_before_prologue)
3065
3066/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3067   enabled.  */
3068DEFHOOK
3069(keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3070 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3071 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount.  This might\
3072 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3073 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3074 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3075 bool, (void),
3076 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3077
3078/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3079   originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3080   (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3081   The default is to return ID without modification. */
3082DEFHOOK
3083(mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3084 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3085by target-independent code.  The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3086the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3087or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++).  The return value of the\n\
3088hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3089your target system.  The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3090returns the @var{id} provided.",
3091 tree, (tree decl, tree  id),
3092 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3093
3094/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3095   the associated SYMBOL_REF.  */
3096DEFHOOK
3097(encode_section_info,
3098 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3099treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3100function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3101\n\
3102The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3103@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3104an entry in the constant pool.  In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3105rtl in question.  Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3106in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3107\n\
3108In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3109a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}.  Most decls\n\
3110will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed.  Global\n\
3111register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3112rtl.  (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3113leave it alone.)\n\
3114\n\
3115The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3116that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl.  It will\n\
3117be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3118declarations.  Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3119declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3120@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3121\n\
3122@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3123The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3124@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3125Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3126encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3127discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3128\n\
3129The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3130in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3131@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.  Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3132before overriding it.",
3133 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3134 default_encode_section_info)
3135
3136/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string.  */
3137DEFHOOK
3138(strip_name_encoding,
3139 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3140the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3141may have added.",
3142 const char *, (const char *name),
3143 default_strip_name_encoding)
3144
3145/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3146   return the mask that they apply.  Return 0 otherwise.  */
3147DEFHOOK
3148(shift_truncation_mask,
3149 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3150deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3151@xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3152\n\
3153On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3154shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3155equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}.  If\n\
3156this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3157otherwise it should return 0.  A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3158particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3159\n\
3160Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3161@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3162that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3163\n\
3164The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3165@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3166and 0 otherwise.  This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3167@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3168nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3169by overriding it.",
3170 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3171 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3172
3173/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3174   so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3175   the reciprocal.  */
3176DEFHOOK
3177(min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3178 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3179divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3180the reciprocal.  This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3181that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3182of mode @var{mode}.  The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3183has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3184 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3185 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3186
3187DEFHOOK
3188(truly_noop_truncation,
3189 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3190@var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3191smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3192@var{outprec} bits.  The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3193is correct for most machines.\n\
3194\n\
3195If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3196suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3197mode sizes.  Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3198 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3199 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3200
3201/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3202   always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3203   SIGN_EXTEND.  Return UNKNOWN otherwise.  */
3204/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3205   necessarily defined at this point.  */
3206DEFHOOK
3207(mode_rep_extended,
3208 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3209are always extended to a wider integral mode.  Return\n\
3210@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3211sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}.  Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3212otherwise.  (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3213representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3214@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3215@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}.  Also no target extends\n\
3216@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3217widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3218\n\
3219Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3220value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3221as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3222@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3223\n\
3224Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3225describe two related properties.  If you define\n\
3226@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3227to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3228extension.\n\
3229\n\
3230In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3231@code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3232@code{mode}.",
3233 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3234 default_mode_rep_extended)
3235
3236/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))).  */
3237DEFHOOK
3238(valid_pointer_mode,
3239 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3240with machine mode @var{mode}.  The default version of this\n\
3241hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3242 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3243 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3244
3245/* Disambiguate with errno.  */
3246DEFHOOK
3247(ref_may_alias_errno,
3248 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3249  may alias with the system C library errno location.  The default\
3250  version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3251  is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3252  a pointer to int.",
3253 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3254 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3255
3256/* Support for named address spaces.  */
3257#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3258#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3259HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3260
3261/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space.  */
3262DEFHOOK
3263(pointer_mode,
3264 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3265@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3266The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3267 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3268 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3269
3270/* MODE to use for an address in another address space.  */
3271DEFHOOK
3272(address_mode,
3273 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3274@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3275The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3276 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3277 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3278
3279/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3280   in another address space.  */
3281DEFHOOK
3282(valid_pointer_mode,
3283 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3284with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}.  This target\n\
3285hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3286except that it includes explicit named address space support.  The default\n\
3287version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3288@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3289target hooks for the given address space.",
3290 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3291 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3292
3293/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3294   space for a given mode.  */
3295DEFHOOK
3296(legitimate_address_p,
3297 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3298@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}.  The @var{strict}\n\
3299parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3300finished.  This target hook is the same as the\n\
3301@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3302explicit named address space support.",
3303 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3304 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3305
3306/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3307   address space to a valid one.  If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3308   independent methods to make the address valid.  */
3309DEFHOOK
3310(legitimize_address,
3311 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3312with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}.  This target\n\
3313hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3314except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3315 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3316 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3317
3318/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3319DEFHOOK
3320(subset_p,
3321 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3322contained within the @var{superset} named address space.  Pointers to\n\
3323a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3324will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3325arithmetic operations.  Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3326converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3327 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3328 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3329
3330/* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3331   0 is a NULL in the address space.  */
3332DEFHOOK
3333(zero_address_valid,
3334 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3335address space.  Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3336 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3337 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3338
3339/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another.  */
3340DEFHOOK
3341(convert,
3342 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3343@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3344space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3345to a different named address space.  When this hook it called, it is\n\
3346guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3347as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3348 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3349 default_addr_space_convert)
3350
3351/* Function to encode an address space into dwarf.  */
3352DEFHOOK
3353(debug,
3354 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3355The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3356 int, (addr_space_t as),
3357 default_addr_space_debug)
3358
3359/* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used.  */
3360DEFHOOK
3361(diagnose_usage,
3362 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3363command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3364address space is used.  This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3365to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3366was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.  @var{as} is\n\
3367the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3368@var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3369The default implementation does nothing.",
3370 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3371 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3372
3373HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3374
3375#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3376#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3377
3378DEFHOOK
3379(static_rtx_alignment,
3380 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3381statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry.  @var{mode}\n\
3382is the mode of the rtx.  The default implementation returns\n\
3383@samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3384 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3385 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3386
3387DEFHOOK
3388(constant_alignment,
3389 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3390placed in memory.  @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3391is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3392\n\
3393The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3394\n\
3395The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3396constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3397constants can be done inline.  The function\n\
3398@code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3399 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3400 default_constant_alignment)
3401
3402/* True if MODE is valid for the target.  By "valid", we mean able to
3403   be manipulated in non-trivial ways.  In particular, this means all
3404   the arithmetic is supported.  */
3405DEFHOOK
3406(scalar_mode_supported_p,
3407 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3408insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}.  For a scalar mode to be\n\
3409considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3410must work.\n\
3411\n\
3412The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3413required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3414Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3415code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3416 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3417 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3418
3419/* Similarly for vector modes.  "Supported" here is less strict.  At
3420   least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3421   for further details.  */
3422DEFHOOK
3423(vector_mode_supported_p,
3424 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3425insns involving vector mode @var{mode}.  At the very least, it\n\
3426must have move patterns for this mode.",
3427 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3428 hook_bool_mode_false)
3429
3430DEFHOOK
3431(vector_alignment,
3432 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3433@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI.  The default is to\n\
3434require natural alignment for vector types.  The alignment returned by\n\
3435this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3436the vector element type.",
3437 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3438 default_vector_alignment)
3439
3440DEFHOOK
3441(array_mode,
3442 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3443@var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3444Return no mode if the target has no special requirements.  In the\n\
3445latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3446if available and uses BLKmode otherwise.  Usually the search for the\n\
3447integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3448@code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3449used in specific cases.\n\
3450\n\
3451The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3452also have a vector mode.  The default implementation returns no mode.",
3453 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3454 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3455
3456/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3457   overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit.  */
3458DEFHOOK
3459(array_mode_supported_p,
3460 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3461of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3462Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3463and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3464\n\
3465One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3466that operate on several homogeneous vectors.  For example, ARM NEON\n\
3467has operations like:\n\
3468\n\
3469@smallexample\n\
3470int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3471@end smallexample\n\
3472\n\
3473where the return type is defined as:\n\
3474\n\
3475@smallexample\n\
3476typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3477@{\n\
3478  int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3479@} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3480@end smallexample\n\
3481\n\
3482If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3483@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode.  GCC can then store\n\
3484@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3485 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3486 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3487
3488DEFHOOK
3489(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3490 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3491floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3492@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}.  The default version of this \n\
3493hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3494@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3495 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3496 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3497
3498DEFHOOK
3499(floatn_mode,
3500 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3501@code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3502@code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true.  If such a type is not\n\
3503supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}.  The default version of\n\
3504this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3505@code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3506@code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3507those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3508@code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3509returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3510satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3511@code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}.  The hook is only called for values\n\
3512of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3513ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3514if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3515 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3516 default_floatn_mode)
3517
3518DEFHOOK
3519(floatn_builtin_p,
3520  "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3521@code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3522built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3523normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix.  The default is\n\
3524to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3525the GNU C langauge.  In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3526the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled.  The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3527@code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3528 bool, (int func),
3529 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3530
3531/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3532   TO, using MODE.  */
3533DEFHOOK
3534(register_move_cost,
3535 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3536from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}.  The classes\n\
3537are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3538A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3539that.\n\
3540\n\
3541It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3542same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3543registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3544\n\
3545If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3546hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3547classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3548constraints of the insn are met.  Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3549allow reload to verify that the constraints are met.  You should do this\n\
3550if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3551\n\
3552The default version of this function returns 2.",
3553 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3554 default_register_move_cost)
3555
3556/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory.  */
3557/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3558   license grant.  Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS.  */
3559DEFHOOK
3560(memory_move_cost,
3561 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3562between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3563if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3564This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3565If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3566registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3567\n\
3568If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3569the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3570needed.  If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3571between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3572more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3573reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3574\n\
3575GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3576secondary reloads are needed.  It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3577a secondary register.  If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3578secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
35794 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3580value to the result of that function.  The arguments to that function\n\
3581are the same as to this target hook.",
3582 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3583 default_memory_move_cost)
3584
3585DEFHOOK
3586(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3587 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3588two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3589when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3590implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3591insns.  Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3592@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3593unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3594\n\
3595This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3596given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3597infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3598Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3599units.\n\
3600\n\
3601The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3602@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3603@code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}.  These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3604under consideration.\n\
3605\n\
3606The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3607optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3608\n\
3609Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3610for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3611@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3612@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3613insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3614the body of the memory operation.\n\
3615\n\
3616Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3617in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3618move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3619 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3620        enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3621 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3622
3623DEFHOOK
3624(compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3625 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3626number of branches at the expense of more memory operations.  This hook\n\
3627allows the target to override the default choice.  It should return the\n\
3628factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3629one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece.  A port can also prevent a\n\
3630particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3631negative number from this hook.",
3632 int, (machine_mode mode),
3633 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3634
3635DEFHOOK
3636(slow_unaligned_access,
3637 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3638@var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3639than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3640This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e. when\n\
3641@code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3642\n\
3643When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3644@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3645moves.  This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3646Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3647add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3648\n\
3649The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3650The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3651 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3652 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3653
3654DEFHOOK
3655(optab_supported_p,
3656 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3657modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3658The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3659whose C condition is true.  @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3660optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3661\n\
3662For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3663@var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3664optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3665\n\
3666The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3667 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3668	optimization_type opt_type),
3669 default_optab_supported_p)
3670
3671/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3672   be allocated to registers in a small register class.  The compiler is
3673   allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3674   but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers.  */
3675DEFHOOK
3676(small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3677 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3678small register classes.  If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3679@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3680in @var{mode}.  The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3681In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3682for any mode.\n\
3683\n\
3684On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3685insns.  Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3686to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3687if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3688insn.\n\
3689\n\
3690Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3691in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3692the instruction are already known.  And for some machines, register\n\
3693classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3694registers.  For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3695registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3696SSE registers for floating point operations.  On such targets, a good\n\
3697strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3698machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3699\n\
3700The default version of this hook returns false for any mode.  It is always\n\
3701safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value.  But if you\n\
3702unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3703that can be performed in some cases.  If you do not define this hook\n\
3704to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3705of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3706 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3707 hook_bool_mode_false)
3708
3709/* Register number for a flags register.  Only needs to be defined if the
3710   target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination.  */
3711DEFHOOKPOD
3712(flags_regnum,
3713 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3714 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3715 appropriately.",
3716 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3717
3718/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X.  Return true if the complete
3719   cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3720   scanned.  In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result.  */
3721/* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3722   not necessarily defined at this point.  */
3723DEFHOOK
3724(rtx_costs,
3725 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3726\n\
3727The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3728available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3729as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3730That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3731that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3732either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3733(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3734\n\
3735@var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3736do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3737\n\
3738In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3739@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3740instructions.\n\
3741\n\
3742On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3743for the cost of the expression.  The hook should modify this value as\n\
3744necessary.  Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3745for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3746operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3747\n\
3748When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3749false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3750size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3751\n\
3752The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3753processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3754 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3755 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3756
3757/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address.  Never called with
3758   invalid addresses.  */
3759DEFHOOK
3760(address_cost,
3761 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3762@var{address}.  If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3763the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3764\n\
3765For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3766true cost of the addressing mode.  However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3767instructions normally have the same length and execution time.  Hence\n\
3768all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3769\n\
3770In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3771the lowest cost will be used.  If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3772cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3773\n\
3774For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3775and a constant is used twice in the same basic block.  When this macro\n\
3776is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3777references will be indirect through that register.  On machines where\n\
3778the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3779that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3780instruction and possibly require an additional register.  Proper\n\
3781specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3782\n\
3783This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3784\n\
3785On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3786cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3787@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3788be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3789@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner.  This effect\n\
3790should be considered in the definition of this macro.  Equivalent costs\n\
3791should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3792registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3793 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3794 default_address_cost)
3795
3796/* Compute a cost for INSN.  */
3797DEFHOOK
3798(insn_cost,
3799 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3800\n\
3801In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3802@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3803instructions.\n\
3804\n\
3805When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3806false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3807size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3808 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3809
3810/* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge.  Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3811   well defined units.  */
3812DEFHOOK
3813(max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3814 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3815giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3816if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3817The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3818that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3819@code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.  This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3820unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3821RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3822is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3823\n\
3824@code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3825branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3826were true.\n\
3827\n\
3828The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3829@code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3830and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3831unsigned int, (edge e),
3832default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3833
3834/* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3835   as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence.  */
3836DEFHOOK
3837(noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3838 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3839candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3840@code{if_info}.",
3841bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3842default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3843
3844DEFHOOK
3845(estimated_poly_value,
3846 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3847things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies.  The default\n\
3848implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3849 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3850 default_estimated_poly_value)
3851
3852/* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3853   scheduling.  */
3854DEFHOOK
3855(no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3856 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3857speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots.  Targets\n\
3858such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3859delay slots.  As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3860disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available.  Use of\n\
3861delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3862as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3863  hook_bool_void_false)
3864
3865/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value.  */
3866DEFHOOK
3867(allocate_initial_value,
3868 "\n\
3869When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3870register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3871to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3872it has been saved into can be used.  @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3873is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3874that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3875@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3876Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3877to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3878the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3879@code{MEM}.\n\
3880If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3881it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3882You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3883@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3884register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3885The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3886allocation.",
3887 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3888
3889/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3890   FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1.  */
3891DEFHOOK
3892(unspec_may_trap_p,
3893 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3894@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap.  Targets can use\n\
3895this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3896@code{unspec_volatile} operations.  You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3897to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3898passed along.",
3899 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3900 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3901
3902/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3903   to represent where to find the register pieces.  Define this hook
3904   if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3905   non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3906   represented in more than one register in Dwarf.  Otherwise, this
3907   hook should return NULL_RTX.  */
3908DEFHOOK
3909(dwarf_register_span,
3910 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3911represent where to find the register pieces.  Define this hook if the\n\
3912register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3913locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3914register in Dwarf.  Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3915If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3916 rtx, (rtx reg),
3917 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3918
3919/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3920   register.  */
3921DEFHOOK
3922(dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3923 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3924corresponding Dwarf frame register should have.  This is normally\n\
3925used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3926clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3927 machine_mode, (int regno),
3928 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3929
3930/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3931   entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3932   FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3933   code, given the address of the table.  */
3934DEFHOOK
3935(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3936 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3937multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3938sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3939It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3940filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3941@var{address} is the address of the table.",
3942 void, (tree address),
3943 hook_void_tree)
3944
3945/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3946   targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3947   the condition codes.  This should return true if there is such a
3948   register, false otherwise.  The arguments should be set to the
3949   fixed register numbers.  Up to two condition code registers are
3950   supported.  If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3951   at by the second argument should be set to -1.  */
3952DEFHOOK
3953(fixed_condition_code_regs,
3954 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3955register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3956regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3957hard register is set to a common value.  Use this hook to enable a\n\
3958small pass which optimizes such cases.  This hook should return true\n\
3959to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3960arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3961When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3962integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3963@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3964\n\
3965The default version of this hook returns false.",
3966 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3967 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3968
3969/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3970     code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3971     done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3972     modes.  If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3973     VOIDmode.  */
3974DEFHOOK
3975(cc_modes_compatible,
3976 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3977@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3978validly done in more than one mode.  On such a system, define this\n\
3979target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3980both comparisons may be validly done.  If there is no such mode,\n\
3981return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3982\n\
3983The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3984same.  If they are, it returns that mode.  If they are different, it\n\
3985returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3986 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3987 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3988
3989/* Do machine-dependent code transformations.  Called just before
3990     delayed-branch scheduling.  */
3991DEFHOOK
3992(machine_dependent_reorg,
3993 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3994instruction stream.  The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3995just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3996\n\
3997The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target.  Some use\n\
3998it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3999laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4000Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4001\n\
4002You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do.  The default\n\
4003definition is null.",
4004 void, (void), NULL)
4005
4006/* Create the __builtin_va_list type.  */
4007DEFHOOK
4008(build_builtin_va_list,
4009 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4010The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4011 tree, (void),
4012 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4013
4014/* Enumerate the va list variants.  */
4015DEFHOOK
4016(enum_va_list_p,
4017 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4018to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4019variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4020to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4021variable.\n\
4022The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4023this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4024internal type.\n\
4025If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4026Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4027macro to iterate through all types.",
4028 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4029 NULL)
4030
4031/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type.  */
4032DEFHOOK
4033(fn_abi_va_list,
4034 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4035@var{fndecl}.\n\
4036The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4037 tree, (tree fndecl),
4038 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4039
4040/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type.  */
4041DEFHOOK
4042(canonical_va_list_type,
4043 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4044type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4045@code{NULL_TREE}.",
4046 tree, (tree type),
4047 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4048
4049/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
4050DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4051(expand_builtin_va_start,
4052"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4053 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4054
4055/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR.  */
4056DEFHOOK
4057(gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4058 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4059@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}.  The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4060arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4061@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4062 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4063 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4064
4065/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4066   get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4067   and stores the size in its argument.  pch_valid_p gets the same
4068   information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4069   or an error message if not.  */
4070DEFHOOK
4071(get_pch_validity,
4072 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4073@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4074@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4075 void *, (size_t *sz),
4076 default_get_pch_validity)
4077
4078DEFHOOK
4079(pch_valid_p,
4080 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4081compatible with the current settings.  It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4082if so and a suitable error message if not.  Error messages will\n\
4083be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4084\n\
4085@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4086when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4087It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4088compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4089\n\
4090The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4091suitable for most targets.",
4092 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4093 default_pch_valid_p)
4094
4095DEFHOOK
4096(prepare_pch_save,
4097 "Called before writing out a PCH file.  If the target has some\n\
4098garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4099it can use this hook to enforce that state.  Very few targets need\n\
4100to do anything here.",
4101 void, (void),
4102 hook_void_void)
4103
4104/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4105   given set of target flags can be used.  It returns NULL if so,
4106   otherwise it returns an error message.  */
4107DEFHOOK
4108(check_pch_target_flags,
4109 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4110@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4111of @code{target_flags}.  @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4112@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created.  The return\n\
4113value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4114 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4115
4116/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4117   bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4118   that type.  */
4119DEFHOOK
4120(default_short_enums,
4121 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4122@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4123of possible values of that type.  It should return false if all\n\
4124@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4125\n\
4126The default is to return false.",
4127 bool, (void),
4128 hook_bool_void_false)
4129
4130/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4131   of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer.  */
4132DEFHOOK
4133(builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4134 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4135the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4136The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4137machines.  One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4138@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4139 rtx, (void),
4140 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4141
4142/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4143   and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm.  */
4144DEFHOOK
4145(md_asm_adjust,
4146 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4147@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4148clobber for an asm.  The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4149to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4150\n\
4151It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4152as necessary for other pre-processing.  In this case the return value is\n\
4153a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4154 rtx_insn *,
4155 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4156  vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4157 NULL)
4158
4159/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4160   in the debug information.  This function actually returns an
4161   enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4162   and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4163   the function is being declared as an int.  */
4164DEFHOOK
4165(dwarf_calling_convention,
4166 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4167be emitted for each function.  Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4168value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4169 int, (const_tree function),
4170 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4171
4172/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4173   contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs.  The call frame debugging info
4174   engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4175     (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4176   and
4177     (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4178   to let the backend emit the call frame instructions.  */
4179DEFHOOK
4180(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4181 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4182contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs.  The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4183info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4184@smallexample\n\
4185(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4186@end smallexample\n\
4187and\n\
4188@smallexample\n\
4189(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4190@end smallexample\n\
4191to let the backend emit the call frame instructions.  @var{label} is\n\
4192the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4193the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4194 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4195
4196DEFHOOK
4197(dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4198 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4199expression, with @var{i} counting from 1.  Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4200register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4201that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4202@smallexample\n\
4203value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4204@end smallexample\n\
4205\n\
4206A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4207@samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4208 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4209 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4210
4211/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
4212DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4213(stdarg_optimize_hook,
4214"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4215 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}.  @var{stmt} is the statement.  Returns true if\
4216 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4217 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4218
4219/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4220   that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4221   protection guard variable.  The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node.  */
4222DEFHOOK
4223(stack_protect_guard,
4224 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4225for the stack protection guard.  This variable is initialized by the\n\
4226runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4227that is placed at the top of the local stack frame.  The type of this\n\
4228variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4229\n\
4230The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4231@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4232 tree, (void),
4233 default_stack_protect_guard)
4234
4235/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4236   that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails.  */
4237DEFHOOK
4238(stack_protect_fail,
4239 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4240stack protect guard variable has been modified.  This expression should\n\
4241involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4242\n\
4243The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4244@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments.  This function is\n\
4245normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4246 tree, (void),
4247 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4248
4249/* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4250   protector runtime support.  */
4251DEFHOOK
4252(stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4253 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4254 otherwise return false.  The default implementation always returns true.",
4255 bool, (void),
4256 hook_bool_void_true)
4257
4258DEFHOOK
4259(can_use_doloop_p,
4260 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4261and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop.  @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4262exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known.  @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4263the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known.  @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4264the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4265contain innermost loops, and so on.  @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4266loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4267\n\
4268This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available.  The default\n\
4269implementation returns true.  You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4270if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4271 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4272	unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4273 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4274
4275/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4276   otherwise it returns an error message.  */
4277DEFHOOK
4278(invalid_within_doloop,
4279 "\n\
4280Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4281low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4282could not be applied.\n\
4283\n\
4284Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4285instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4286the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4287By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4288loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4289 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4290 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4291
4292/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn.  */
4293DEFHOOK
4294(legitimate_combined_insn,
4295"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4296 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions.  The\
4297 default is to accept all instructions.",
4298 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4299 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4300
4301DEFHOOK
4302(valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4303"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4304 specified.  Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4305 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4306 bool, (const_tree decl),
4307 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4308
4309/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4310   value.  */
4311DEFHOOKPOD
4312(const_anchor,
4313 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4314a constant.  If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4315is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4316is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4317subtraction.  We accomplish this through CSE.  Besides the value of\n\
4318the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4319available expressions.  These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4320constants.  The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4321down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4322@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4323accepted by immediate-add plus one.  We currently assume that the\n\
4324value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2.  For example, on\n\
4325MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4326@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}.  The default value\n\
4327is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4328 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4329
4330/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port  */
4331DEFHOOK
4332(memmodel_check,
4333 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4334memory model bits are allowed.",
4335 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4336
4337/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4338   Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4339   supported by the target.  */
4340DEFHOOK
4341(asan_shadow_offset,
4342 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4343Address Sanitizer shadow memory address.  NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4344supported by the target.",
4345 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4346 NULL)
4347
4348/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc.  */
4349/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix.  */
4350HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4351
4352DEFHOOK
4353(promote_function_mode,
4354 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4355function return values.  The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4356and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4357change signedness.  This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4358pointer} types.\n\
4359\n\
4360@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4361return values.  If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4362@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4363If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4364which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4365then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4366the signedness may be different.\n\
4367\n\
4368@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4369\n\
4370The default is to not promote arguments and return values.  You can\n\
4371also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4372if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4373 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4374		     const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4375 default_promote_function_mode)
4376
4377DEFHOOK
4378(promote_prototypes,
4379 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4380prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4381passed as an @code{int}.  In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4382cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4383The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4384 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4385 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4386
4387DEFHOOK
4388(struct_value_rtx,
4389 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4390address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4391passed as an ``invisible'' first argument.  Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4392be @code{NULL}, for libcalls.  You do not need to define this target\n\
4393hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4394argument.\n\
4395\n\
4396On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4397is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4398caller put it.  This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4399be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4400@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4401the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4402the caller.\n\
4403\n\
4404If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4405stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4406@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4407structure value address at the beginning of a function.  If you need\n\
4408to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4409 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4410 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4411
4412DEFHOOKPOD
4413(omit_struct_return_reg,
4414 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4415is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4416arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4417pointer return value.  Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4418undesirable on your target.",
4419 bool, false)
4420
4421DEFHOOK
4422(return_in_memory,
4423 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4424function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4425Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4426will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4427libcalls.\n\
4428\n\
4429Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4430by this function.  Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4431takes effect regardless of this macro.  On most systems, it is\n\
4432possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4433definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4434values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4435\n\
4436Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4437be returned in memory.  You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4438to indicate this.",
4439 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4440 default_return_in_memory)
4441
4442DEFHOOK
4443(return_in_msb,
4444 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4445at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4446padded at the least significant end).  You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4447is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4448\n\
4449Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4450be able to hold the complete return value.  For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4451or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
44524-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4453@code{SImode} rtx.",
4454 bool, (const_tree type),
4455 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4456
4457/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference.  TYPE may
4458   be null if this is a libcall.  CA may be null if this query is
4459   from __builtin_va_arg.  */
4460DEFHOOK
4461(pass_by_reference,
4462 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4463position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference.  This\n\
4464predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4465passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4466\n\
4467If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4468pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4469The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4470to that type.",
4471 bool,
4472 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4473 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4474
4475DEFHOOK
4476(expand_builtin_saveregs,
4477 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4478@code{__builtin_saveregs}.  This code will be moved to the very\n\
4479beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made.  The\n\
4480return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4481to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4482 rtx, (void),
4483 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4484
4485/* Returns pretend_argument_size.  */
4486DEFHOOK
4487(setup_incoming_varargs,
4488 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4489@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4490@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}.  Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4491register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4492have been passed consecutively on the stack.  Once this is done, you can\n\
4493use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4494pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4495\n\
4496The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4497structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4498named arguments.  The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4499last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4500\n\
4501The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4502argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4503store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4504variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}.  The value that you\n\
4505store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4506frame.\n\
4507\n\
4508Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4509compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4510@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4511have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4512for all data types.\n\
4513\n\
4514If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4515arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time.  This\n\
4516happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4517end of the source file.  The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4518not generate any instructions in this case.",
4519 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4520	int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4521 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4522
4523DEFHOOK
4524(load_bounds_for_arg,
4525 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4526@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}.  Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4527bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register.  If @var{slot} is a\n\
4528memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4529memory.  If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4530constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4531should be used to obtain bounds.  Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4532 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4533 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4534
4535DEFHOOK
4536(store_bounds_for_arg,
4537 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4538@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}.  Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4539@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register.  If @var{slot} is a\n\
4540memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4541memory.  If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4542constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4543should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4544 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4545 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4546
4547DEFHOOK
4548(load_returned_bounds,
4549 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4550returned by function call in @var{slot}.  Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4551loaded bounds.",
4552 rtx, (rtx slot),
4553 default_load_returned_bounds)
4554
4555DEFHOOK
4556(store_returned_bounds,
4557 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4558returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4559 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4560 default_store_returned_bounds)
4561
4562DEFHOOK
4563(setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4564 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4565into the stack.  Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4566@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4567 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4568	int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4569 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4570
4571DEFHOOK
4572(call_args,
4573 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4574for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4575@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location.  It is called just\n\
4576before the point where argument registers are stored.  The type of the\n\
4577function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4578@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls.  The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4579invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4580This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4581registers if a target needs it.\n\
4582For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4583passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4584Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4585 void, (rtx, tree),
4586 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4587
4588DEFHOOK
4589(end_call_args,
4590 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4591just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo.  It\n\
4592signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4593emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4594Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4595 void, (void),
4596 hook_void_void)
4597
4598DEFHOOK
4599(strict_argument_naming,
4600 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4601argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4602\n\
4603This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4604is set for varargs and stdarg functions.  If this hook returns\n\
4605@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4606arguments, and false for unnamed arguments.  If it returns @code{false},\n\
4607but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4608then all arguments are treated as named.  Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4609except the last are treated as named.\n\
4610\n\
4611You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4612 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4613 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4614
4615/* Returns true if we should use
4616   targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4617   targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming().  */
4618DEFHOOK
4619(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4620 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4621@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4622@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4623defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4624@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4625Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4626 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4627 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4628
4629/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4630   should be passed as two scalars.  */
4631DEFHOOK
4632(split_complex_arg,
4633 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4634as two scalar parameters.  By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4635arguments into the target's word size.  Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4636to be split and treated as their individual components.  For example, on\n\
4637AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4638registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4639point register.\n\
4640\n\
4641The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4642false.",
4643 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4644
4645/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4646   but must be passed on the stack.  */
4647/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4648   Need audit to verify that this is the case.  */
4649DEFHOOK
4650(must_pass_in_stack,
4651 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4652solely in registers.  The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4653definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4654documentation.",
4655 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4656 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4657
4658/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4659   should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4660   the caller.  It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors.  */
4661DEFHOOK
4662(callee_copies,
4663 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4664known to be passed by reference.  The hook should return true if the\n\
4665function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4666by the caller.\n\
4667\n\
4668For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4669determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4670not be generated.\n\
4671\n\
4672The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4673 bool,
4674 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4675 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4676
4677/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4678   in registers.  If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4679   in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack.  */
4680DEFHOOK
4681(arg_partial_bytes,
4682 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4683argument that must be put in registers.  The value must be zero for\n\
4684arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4685pushed on the stack.\n\
4686\n\
4687On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4688registers and partially in memory.  On these machines, typically the\n\
4689first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4690on the stack.  If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4691structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4692in registers and the rest must be pushed.  This macro tells the\n\
4693compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4694\n\
4695@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4696register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4697@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4698 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4699 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4700
4701/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4702   argument list.  The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4703   argument.  */
4704DEFHOOK
4705(function_arg_advance,
4706 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4707advance past an argument in the argument list.  The values @var{mode},\n\
4708@var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument.  Once this is done,\n\
4709the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4710argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4711\n\
4712This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4713on the stack.  The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4714used for arguments without any special help.",
4715 void,
4716 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4717 default_function_arg_advance)
4718
4719DEFHOOK
4720(function_arg_offset,
4721 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4722argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4723This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4724arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4725instead of starting at the top.  The default implementation returns 0.",
4726 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4727 default_function_arg_offset)
4728
4729DEFHOOK
4730(function_arg_padding,
4731 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4732an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}.  It returns\n\
4733@code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4734to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4735\n\
4736The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4737@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}.  It is always just enough\n\
4738to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4739\n\
4740This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4741For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward.  For\n\
4742big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4743constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4744 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4745 default_function_arg_padding)
4746
4747/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4748   be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4749   argument.  The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4750   argument.  */
4751DEFHOOK
4752(function_arg,
4753 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4754register and if so, which register.\n\
4755\n\
4756The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4757arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4758the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4759(which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4760which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4761nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4762function's prototype.  @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4763syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4764\n\
4765The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4766register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4767on the stack.\n\
4768\n\
4769The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4770passed in a target specific slot with specified number.  Target hooks\n\
4771should be used to store or load argument in such case.  See\n\
4772@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4773for more information.\n\
4774\n\
4775The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@.  This is\n\
4776used when an argument is passed in multiple locations.  The mode of the\n\
4777@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument.  The\n\
4778@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4779describes where part of the argument is passed.  In each\n\
4780@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4781register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4782register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is.  The\n\
4783second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4784the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4785As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4786RTX may have a first operand of zero.  This indicates that the entire\n\
4787argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4788\n\
4789The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4790VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4791pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4792\n\
4793@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4794The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4795machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4796cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead.  This is\n\
4797done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4798@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4799\n\
4800@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4801@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4802You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4803in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4804type that must be passed in the stack.  If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4805is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4806argument, the compiler will abort.  If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4807defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4808a register.",
4809 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4810       bool named),
4811 default_function_arg)
4812
4813DEFHOOK
4814(function_incoming_arg,
4815 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4816views of where arguments are passed.  Also define this hook if there are\n\
4817functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4818and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4819\n\
4820In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4821which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4822@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4823fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4824arrive.\n\
4825\n\
4826@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4827computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4828so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4829\n\
4830If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4831@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4832 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4833       bool named),
4834 default_function_incoming_arg)
4835
4836DEFHOOK
4837(function_arg_boundary,
4838 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4839with the specified mode and type.  The default hook returns\n\
4840@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4841 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4842 default_function_arg_boundary)
4843
4844DEFHOOK
4845(function_arg_round_boundary,
4846 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4847which is the default value for this hook.  You can define this hook to\n\
4848return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4849value.",
4850 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4851 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4852
4853/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4854   is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4855DEFHOOK
4856(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4857 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4858illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4859with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4860 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4861 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4862
4863/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4864   specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE.  */
4865DEFHOOK
4866(function_value,
4867 "\n\
4868Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4869returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4870representing a data type.  @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4871representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4872function being called.  If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4873compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4874Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4875a function returns a value.\n\
4876\n\
4877On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4878(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4879place regardless of mode.)  The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4880@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4881The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4882multiple places.  See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4883@code{parallel} form.   Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4884location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4885the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4886that element as the canonical location and ignore the others.  The m68k\n\
4887port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4888@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4889\n\
4890If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4891the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4892@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4893\n\
4894If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4895node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4896pointer.  This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4897convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4898known.\n\
4899\n\
4900Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4901which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4902the caller sees the value.  For such machines, you should return\n\
4903different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4904\n\
4905@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4906aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way.  See\n\
4907@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4908 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4909 default_function_value)
4910
4911/* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer.  */
4912DEFHOOK
4913(chkp_function_value_bounds,
4914 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4915returns bounds for returned pointers.  Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4916@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4917 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4918 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4919
4920/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4921   calling the function FN_NAME.  */
4922DEFHOOK
4923(libcall_value,
4924 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4925function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4926\n\
4927The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4928library function is given by @var{fun}.  The hook should return an RTX\n\
4929representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4930\n\
4931If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4932 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4933 default_libcall_value)
4934
4935/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4936   a function value as seen by the caller.  */
4937DEFHOOK
4938(function_value_regno_p,
4939 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4940register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4941\n\
4942A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4943second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4944recognized by this target hook.\n\
4945\n\
4946If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4947function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4948should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4949\n\
4950If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4951 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4952 default_function_value_regno_p)
4953
4954/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
4955DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4956(internal_arg_pointer,
4957"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4958 current function.",
4959 rtx, (void),
4960 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4961
4962/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed.  */
4963DEFHOOK
4964(update_stack_boundary,
4965 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4966necessary.",
4967 void, (void), NULL)
4968
4969/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4970   Argument Pointer if necessary.  */
4971DEFHOOK
4972(get_drap_rtx,
4973 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4974different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4975argument list due to stack realignment.  Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4976is needed.",
4977 rtx, (void), NULL)
4978
4979/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4980   stack.  */
4981DEFHOOK
4982(allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4983 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4984arguments should be allocated to stack slots.  Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4985stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4986debugging easier.  However, when a function is declared with\n\
4987@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4988cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4989to the stack.  Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4990false for naked functions.  The default implementation always returns true.",
4991 bool, (void),
4992 hook_bool_void_true)
4993
4994/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE.  If INCOMING_P
4995   is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller.  */
4996DEFHOOK
4997(static_chain,
4998 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4999targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5000nested functions.  This may be required if the target has function\n\
5001attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5002those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5003\n\
5004The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5005\n\
5006If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5007provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5008Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5009from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5010will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5011@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5012@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5013@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5014The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5015@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5016to refer to those items.",
5017 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5018 default_static_chain)
5019
5020/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5021   static chain value of CHAIN.  */
5022DEFHOOK
5023(trampoline_init,
5024 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5025@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5026is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5027RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5028when it is called.\n\
5029\n\
5030If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5031first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5032from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5033Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5034trampoline.  If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5035to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5036\n\
5037If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
5038enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5039initializing the trampoline proper.",
5040 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5041 default_trampoline_init)
5042
5043/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way.  */
5044DEFHOOK
5045(trampoline_adjust_address,
5046 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5047the address of the trampoline.  Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5048memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}.  In case\n\
5049the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5050address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5051be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5052If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5053 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5054
5055DEFHOOKPOD
5056(custom_function_descriptors,
5057 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
5058from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
5059standard trampolines.  Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
5060stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
5061code must be prepared to deal with them.  This hook should be defined to 0\n\
5062if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
5063like for example HP-PA or IA-64.  Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5064eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5065it to be made executable.\n\
5066\n\
5067The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
5068scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
5069gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
5070with function addresses.  The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
5071already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
5072 int, -1)
5073
5074/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5075   pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5076   caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.  */
5077/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters.  */
5078DEFHOOK
5079(return_pops_args,
5080 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5081a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5082and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5083\n\
5084@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5085the function in question.  Normally it is a node of type\n\
5086@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5087From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5088\n\
5089@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5090describes the function in question.  Normally it is a node of type\n\
5091@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5092From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5093arguments (if known).\n\
5094\n\
5095When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5096will contain an identifier node for the library function.  Thus, if\n\
5097you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5098by their names.  Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5099a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5100in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5101\n\
5102@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5103stack.  If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5104argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5105\n\
5106On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5107of this macro is @var{size}.  On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5108calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5109the macro is always 0 in this case.  But an alternative calling\n\
5110convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5111arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5112nothing (the caller pops all).  When this convention is in use,\n\
5113@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5114number of arguments.",
5115 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5116 default_return_pops_args)
5117
5118/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5119   returned.  */
5120DEFHOOK
5121(get_raw_result_mode,
5122 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5123 registers in @code{__builtin_return}.  Define this macro if the value\
5124 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5125 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5126 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5127
5128/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5129   passed.  */
5130DEFHOOK
5131(get_raw_arg_mode,
5132 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5133 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}.  Define this macro if the value\
5134 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5135 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5136 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5137
5138/* Return true if a type is an empty record.  */
5139DEFHOOK
5140(empty_record_p,
5141 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record.  The default\n\
5142is to return @code{false}.",
5143 bool, (const_tree type),
5144 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5145
5146/* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI.  */
5147DEFHOOK
5148(warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5149 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5150ABI.",
5151 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5152 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5153
5154HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5155
5156DEFHOOK
5157(use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5158 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5159for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5160 bool, (void),
5161 hook_bool_void_false)
5162
5163DEFHOOK
5164(init_pic_reg,
5165 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5166This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5167 void, (void),
5168 hook_void_void)
5169
5170/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5171   to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise.  */
5172DEFHOOK
5173(invalid_conversion,
5174 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5175invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5176if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5177 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5178 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5179
5180/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5181   not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise.  */
5182DEFHOOK
5183(invalid_unary_op,
5184 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5185invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5186@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5187if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5188 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5189 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5190
5191/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5192   is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise.  */
5193DEFHOOK
5194(invalid_binary_op,
5195 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5196invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5197and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5198the front end.",
5199 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5200 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5201
5202/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5203   expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5204   or NULL_TREE otherwise.  */
5205DEFHOOK
5206(promoted_type,
5207 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5208@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5209analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5210front end's normal promotion rules.  This hook is useful when there are\n\
5211target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5212This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5213 tree, (const_tree type),
5214 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5215
5216/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5217   rules are involved.  Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5218   the standard conversion rules.  */
5219DEFHOOK
5220(convert_to_type,
5221 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5222@var{type}.  It should return the converted expression,\n\
5223or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5224This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5225conversion rules.\n\
5226This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5227 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5228 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5229
5230DEFHOOK
5231(can_change_mode_class,
5232 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5233registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5234and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5235The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5236both @code{from} and @code{to}.  The default implementation returns true.\n\
5237\n\
5238As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5239floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5240to 64 bits.  Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
524132-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5242for a normal register.  Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5243@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5244\n\
5245@smallexample\n\
5246(GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5247 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5248@end smallexample\n\
5249\n\
5250Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5251if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5252than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5253mode.  This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5254or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5255eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5256Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5257entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5258value that the middle-end intended.",
5259 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5260 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5261
5262/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA.  */
5263DEFHOOK
5264(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5265 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5266  allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5267  \n\
5268  The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5269 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5270 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5271
5272/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload.  */
5273DEFHOOK
5274(lra_p,
5275 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5276  \
5277  The default version of this target hook returns true.  New ports\
5278  should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5279 bool, (void),
5280 default_lra_p)
5281
5282/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target.  */
5283DEFHOOK
5284(register_priority,
5285 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5286  register @var{hard_regno} belongs to.  The bigger the number, the\
5287  more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5288  the same).  This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5289  others in LRA.  For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5290  additional prefix which makes instructions longer.  The hook can\
5291  return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5292  and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5293  \
5294  The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5295 int, (int),
5296 default_register_priority)
5297
5298/* Return true if we need register usage leveling.  */
5299DEFHOOK
5300(register_usage_leveling_p,
5301 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5302  That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5303  assignment, we choose the least used hard register.  The register\
5304  usage leveling may be profitable for some targets.  Don't use the\
5305  usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5306  with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5307  optimizations.\
5308  \
5309  The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5310 bool, (void),
5311 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5312
5313/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different.  */
5314DEFHOOK
5315(different_addr_displacement_p,
5316 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5317  can have different maximal legitimate displacement.  For example, the\
5318  displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5319  the insn.\
5320  \
5321  The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5322 bool, (void),
5323 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5324
5325/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5326   instead of memory.  */
5327DEFHOOK
5328(spill_class,
5329 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5330  pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5331  should be used.  Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5332  @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5333 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5334 NULL)
5335
5336/* Determine an additional allocno class.  */
5337DEFHOOK
5338(additional_allocno_class_p,
5339 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5340  be an allocno class in any way.  Usually RA uses only one register\
5341  class from all classes containing the same register set.  In some\
5342  complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5343  allocno ones for RA correct work.  Not defining this hook is\
5344  equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5345 bool, (reg_class_t),
5346 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5347
5348DEFHOOK
5349(cstore_mode,
5350 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5351  conditional store patterns.  The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5352  for the cstore being performed.  Not definiting this hook is the same\
5353  as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5354  patterns.",
5355  scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5356  default_cstore_mode)
5357
5358/* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5359   classes to use.  */
5360DEFHOOK
5361(compute_pressure_classes,
5362 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5363  be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5364  account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them.  It returns the number of\
5365  register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5366 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5367
5368/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5369   be accessed using BLKmode.  */
5370DEFHOOK
5371(member_type_forces_blk,
5372 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5373be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5374\n\
5375If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5376mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode.  @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5377case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5378retain the field's mode.\n\
5379\n\
5380Normally, this is not needed.",
5381 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5382 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5383
5384/* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5385   that gate the divod transform.  */
5386DEFHOOK
5387(expand_divmod_libfunc,
5388 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5389hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5390 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5391 NULL)
5392
5393/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information.  */
5394DEFHOOK
5395(secondary_reload,
5396 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5397from memory or even from other types of registers.  An example is the\n\
5398@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5399from general registers, but not memory.  Below, we shall be using the\n\
5400term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5401directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5402register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5403destination.  An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5404source and destination.  Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5405reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5406and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5407intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5408\n\
5409Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5410allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5411register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5412address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5413when compiling PIC)@.  Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5414as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5415that being copied.  Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5416describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5417these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5418of the scratch register(s).\n\
5419\n\
5420In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5421\n\
5422For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5423and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5424@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}.  For output reloads, this target\n\
5425hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5426needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5427\n\
5428If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5429an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5430return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5431If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5432If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5433that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5434\n\
5435If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5436perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5437closest intermediate register.  Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5438required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5439copy  from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5440\n\
5441You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5442in the md file which performs the move.  Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5443and input of this copy, respectively.  Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5444for scratch operands.  These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5445single-register-class\n\
5446@c [later: or memory]\n\
5447output constraint.\n\
5448\n\
5449When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5450hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5451register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5452have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5453\n\
5454@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5455@c   the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5456@c   and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5457@c   alternative.  A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5458@c   against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5459@c   constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5460@c   arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5461@c   Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5462\n\
5463\n\
5464@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5465pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5466Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5467in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5468\n\
5469Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5470currently not supported.  For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5471to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5472\n\
5473@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5474copied.  If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5475(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5476Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5477of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5478forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5479 reg_class_t,
5480 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5481  secondary_reload_info *sri),
5482 default_secondary_reload)
5483
5484DEFHOOK
5485(secondary_memory_needed,
5486 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5487to some other registers without using memory.  Define this hook on\n\
5488those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5489of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5490 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5491location into a register of @var{class2}.  The default definition returns\n\
5492false for all inputs.",
5493 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5494 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5495
5496DEFHOOK
5497(secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5498 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5499when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5500this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5501\n\
5502The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}.  Without LRA, the default\n\
5503is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5504a word.  This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5505that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5506registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5507floating-point registers.\n\
5508\n\
5509However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5510the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5511differently than in integer registers.  On those machines, the default\n\
5512widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5513suppress that widening in some cases.  See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5514details.\n\
5515\n\
5516With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5517 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5518 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5519
5520/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5521   return the class of reg to actually use.  */
5522DEFHOOK
5523(preferred_reload_class,
5524 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5525to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5526@var{rclass}.  The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5527another, smaller class.\n\
5528\n\
5529The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5530\n\
5531Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For\n\
5532example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5533for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5534@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5535Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5536\n\
5537One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5538@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5539loaded into some register class.  By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5540force @var{x} into a memory location.  For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5541immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5542instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5543register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5544@var{x} is a floating-point constant.  If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5545into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5546@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5547of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5548\n\
5549If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5550through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5551to find the best one.  Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5552reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5553this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5554the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5555 reg_class_t,
5556 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5557 default_preferred_reload_class)
5558
5559/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5560   input reloads.  */
5561DEFHOOK
5562(preferred_output_reload_class,
5563 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5564input reloads.\n\
5565\n\
5566The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5567argument.\n\
5568\n\
5569You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5570reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5571 reg_class_t,
5572 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5573 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5574
5575DEFHOOK
5576(select_early_remat_modes,
5577 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5578standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5579The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5580recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5581\n\
5582This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5583in @var{modes}.  The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5584the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5585 void, (sbitmap modes),
5586 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5587
5588DEFHOOK
5589(class_likely_spilled_p,
5590 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5591to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5592registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5593\n\
5594The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5595has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise.  On most machines, this\n\
5596default should be used.  For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5597i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5598can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5599\n\
5600This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5601transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5602pressure.",
5603 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5604 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5605
5606/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5607   needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS.  */
5608DEFHOOK
5609(class_max_nregs,
5610 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5611of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5612\n\
5613This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5614In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5615@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5616@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5617values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5618\n\
5619This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5620in the reload pass.\n\
5621\n\
5622The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5623in words.",
5624 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5625 default_class_max_nregs)
5626
5627DEFHOOK
5628(preferred_rename_class,
5629 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5630 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5631 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5632 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5633 is not implemented.\
5634 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For\
5635 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5636 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}.  By returning\
5637 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5638 be reduced.",
5639 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5640 default_preferred_rename_class)
5641
5642/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5643   during register allocation.  */
5644DEFHOOK
5645(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5646 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5647substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5648register allocation.\n\
5649The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5650On most machines, this default should be used.  For generally\n\
5651machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5652as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5653 bool, (rtx subst),
5654 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5655
5656/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5657   displacement addressing.  */
5658DEFHOOK
5659(legitimize_address_displacement,
5660 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5661two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5662a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5663to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}.  The idea is that\n\
5664the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5665\n\
5666The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5667anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5668from the anchor in @var{offset2}.  The default implementation returns false.",
5669 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5670 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5671
5672/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5673   processing while initializing for variable expansion.  */
5674DEFHOOK
5675(expand_to_rtl_hook,
5676 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5677to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5678For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5679for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5680registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5681usage.",
5682 void, (void),
5683 hook_void_void)
5684
5685/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5686   instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5687   but will be later.  */
5688DEFHOOK
5689(instantiate_decls,
5690 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5691that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5692 void, (void),
5693 hook_void_void)
5694
5695DEFHOOK
5696(hard_regno_nregs,
5697 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5698at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5699@var{mode}.  This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5700cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5701@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5702@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5703\n\
5704The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5705 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5706 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5707
5708DEFHOOK
5709(hard_regno_mode_ok,
5710 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5711of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5712registers starting with that one).  The default definition returns true\n\
5713unconditionally.\n\
5714\n\
5715You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5716because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5717\n\
5718@cindex register pairs\n\
5719On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5720register pairs.  You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5721odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5722\n\
5723The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5724@samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5725register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5726value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5727\n\
5728Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5729all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5730this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5731patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this.  This is\n\
5732useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5733and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5734modes to be tieable.\n\
5735\n\
5736Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5737Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5738in floating point registers.  This is not true.  Any registers that\n\
5739can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5740mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5741registers.  Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5742\n\
5743On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5744modes may not go in floating registers.  This is true if the floating\n\
5745registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5746non-floating value there would garble it.  In this case,\n\
5747@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5748floating registers.  But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5749normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5750unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5751register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5752\n\
5753The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5754they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5755instructions.  However, this is of no concern to\n\
5756@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.  You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5757constraints for those instructions.\n\
5758\n\
5759On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5760so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5761register if floating point arithmetic is not being done.  As long as the\n\
5762floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5763be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5764 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5765 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5766
5767DEFHOOK
5768(modes_tieable_p,
5769 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5770in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5771\n\
5772If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5773@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5774the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5775@code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5776should be true.  If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5777this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5778accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5779\n\
5780You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5781possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5782allocation.  The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5783 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5784 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5785
5786/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5787   in peephole2.  */
5788DEFHOOK
5789(hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5790 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5791@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5792\n\
5793One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5794is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5795\n\
5796The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5797 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5798 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5799
5800DEFHOOK
5801(hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5802 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5803partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5804clobbered by a call.  For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5805preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5806return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5807\n\
5808The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5809for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5810 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5811 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5812
5813/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5814   use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.  */
5815DEFHOOK
5816(case_values_threshold,
5817 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5818is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5819The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5820five otherwise.  This is best for most machines.",
5821 unsigned int, (void),
5822 default_case_values_threshold)
5823
5824DEFHOOK
5825(starting_frame_offset,
5826 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5827variable slot to be allocated.  If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5828offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5829offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated.  The default\n\
5830implementation returns 0.",
5831 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5832 hook_hwi_void_0)
5833
5834/* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout.  */
5835DEFHOOK
5836(compute_frame_layout,
5837 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5838recalculated.  The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5839be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5840layout on every invocation of that hook.  This is particularly useful\n\
5841for targets that have an expensive frame layout function.  Implementing\n\
5842this callback is optional.",
5843 void, (void),
5844 hook_void_void)
5845
5846/* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer.  */
5847DEFHOOK
5848(frame_pointer_required,
5849 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5850a frame pointer.  This target hook is called in the reload pass.  If its return\n\
5851value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5852\n\
5853This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5854according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5855constant @code{true} suffices.  Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5856to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5857Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5858pointer.\n\
5859\n\
5860In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5861without a frame pointer.  The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5862automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5863@code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns.  You don't need to worry about\n\
5864them.\n\
5865\n\
5866In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5867register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5868fixed register.  See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5869\n\
5870Default return value is @code{false}.",
5871 bool, (void),
5872 hook_bool_void_false)
5873
5874/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5875   from-reg with register number to-reg.  */
5876DEFHOOK
5877(can_eliminate,
5878 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5879try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5880@var{to_reg}.  This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5881cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5882knows about.\n\
5883\n\
5884Default return value is @code{true}.",
5885 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5886 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5887
5888/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5889   reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5890   target.  */
5891DEFHOOK
5892(conditional_register_usage,
5893 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5894@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5895@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5896any dependence of these register sets on target flags.  The first three\n\
5897of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5898@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5899@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}.  Before the macro is\n\
5900called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5901@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5902from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5903@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5904@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5905@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5906command options have been applied.\n\
5907\n\
5908@cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5909@cindex controlling register usage\n\
5910If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5911flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5912@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5913registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@.  Also make\n\
5914@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5915that shouldn't be used.\n\
5916\n\
5917(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5918of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5919controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5920these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5921 void, (void),
5922 hook_void_void)
5923
5924DEFHOOK
5925(stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe,
5926 "Some targets make optimistic assumptions about the state of stack probing when they emit their prologues.  On such targets a probe into the end of any dynamically allocated space is likely required for safety against stack clash style attacks.  Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe is required or zero otherwise.  You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
5927 bool, (rtx residual),
5928 default_stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe)
5929
5930
5931/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends.  */
5932#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5933#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5934HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5935
5936/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
5937DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5938(mode_for_suffix,
5939"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5940 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5941 machine_mode, (char c),
5942 default_mode_for_suffix)
5943
5944DEFHOOK
5945(excess_precision,
5946 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5947 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5948 applied.  @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5949 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5950 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}.  For\
5951 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5952 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5953 of the excess precision explicitly added.  For\
5954 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5955 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5956 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5957 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5958 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5959 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5960 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5961 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5962 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5963 default_excess_precision)
5964
5965HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5966
5967/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend.  */
5968#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5969#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5970HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5971
5972/* Return the integer type used for guard variables.  */
5973DEFHOOK
5974(guard_type,
5975 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5976These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects.  The\n\
5977default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5978 tree, (void),
5979 default_cxx_guard_type)
5980
5981/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested.  */
5982DEFHOOK
5983(guard_mask_bit,
5984 "This hook determines how guard variables are used.  It should return\n\
5985@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used.  A return value of\n\
5986@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5987 bool, (void),
5988 hook_bool_void_false)
5989
5990/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type.  */
5991DEFHOOK
5992(get_cookie_size,
5993 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5994whose elements have the indicated @var{type}.  Assumes that it is already\n\
5995known that a cookie is needed.  The default is\n\
5996@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5997IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
5998 tree, (tree type),
5999 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6000
6001/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie.  */
6002DEFHOOK
6003(cookie_has_size,
6004 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6005array cookies.  The default is to return @code{false}.",
6006 bool, (void),
6007 hook_bool_void_false)
6008
6009/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6010   deciding if a class should be exported or imported.  */
6011DEFHOOK
6012(import_export_class,
6013 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6014class @var{type} to be overruled.  Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6015will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6016to be imported and 0 otherwise.  This function should return the\n\
6017modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6018backend's targeted operating system.",
6019 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6020
6021/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this".  */
6022DEFHOOK
6023(cdtor_returns_this,
6024 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6025the address of the object created/destroyed.  The default is to return\n\
6026@code{false}.",
6027 bool, (void),
6028 hook_bool_void_false)
6029
6030/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6031   function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6032   itself.  Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI.  */
6033DEFHOOK
6034(key_method_may_be_inline,
6035 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6036which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6037table to be emitted) may be an inline function.  Under the standard\n\
6038Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6039the function is not declared inline in the class definition.  Under\n\
6040some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6041method.  The default is to return @code{true}.",
6042 bool, (void),
6043 hook_bool_void_true)
6044
6045DEFHOOK
6046(determine_class_data_visibility,
6047"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6048 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6049 external linkage in this translation unit.  No ELF visibility has been\
6050 explicitly specified.  If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6051 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6052 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6053 void, (tree decl),
6054 hook_void_tree)
6055
6056/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6057   similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6058   have external linkage.  If this hook returns false, then
6059   class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6060   only one translation unit will not be COMDAT.  */
6061DEFHOOK
6062(class_data_always_comdat,
6063 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6064similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6065external linkage.  If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6066classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6067unit will not be COMDAT.",
6068 bool, (void),
6069 hook_bool_void_true)
6070
6071/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6072   which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6073   false if it should not be COMDAT.  */
6074DEFHOOK
6075(library_rtti_comdat,
6076 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6077the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6078be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6079 bool, (void),
6080 hook_bool_void_true)
6081
6082/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6083   destructors.  */
6084DEFHOOK
6085(use_aeabi_atexit,
6086 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6087should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6088is in effect.  The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6089 bool, (void),
6090 hook_bool_void_false)
6091
6092/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6093   __cxa_atexit  to register static destructors.  */
6094DEFHOOK
6095(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6096 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6097in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6098destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6099shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6100unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6101 bool, (void),
6102 hook_bool_void_false)
6103
6104DEFHOOK
6105(adjust_class_at_definition,
6106"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6107 been defined.  Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6108 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6109 void, (tree type),
6110 hook_void_tree)
6111
6112DEFHOOK
6113(decl_mangling_context,
6114 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6115 tree, (const_tree decl),
6116 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6117
6118HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6119
6120/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support.  */
6121#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6122#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6123HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6124
6125/* Name of the address and common functions.  */
6126DEFHOOKPOD
6127(get_address,
6128 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6129object to locate a TLS instance.  The default causes libgcc's\n\
6130emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6131 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6132
6133DEFHOOKPOD
6134(register_common,
6135 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6136program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6137initialized to zero.  If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6138have explicit initializers.  The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6139registration function to be used.",
6140 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6141
6142/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template.  */
6143DEFHOOKPOD
6144(var_section,
6145 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6146be placed.  The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6147any section.",
6148 const char *, NULL)
6149
6150DEFHOOKPOD
6151(tmpl_section,
6152 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6153placed.  The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6154section.",
6155 const char *, NULL)
6156
6157/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template.  */
6158DEFHOOKPOD
6159(var_prefix,
6160 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6161The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6162 const char *, NULL)
6163
6164DEFHOOKPOD
6165(tmpl_prefix,
6166 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects.  The\n\
6167default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6168 const char *, NULL)
6169
6170/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable.  */
6171DEFHOOK
6172(var_fields,
6173 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6174object type.  @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6175@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6176@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable.  The default creates a type suitable\n\
6177for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6178 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6179 default_emutls_var_fields)
6180
6181/* Function to initialize a proxy variable.  */
6182DEFHOOK
6183(var_init,
6184 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6185TLS control object.  @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6186is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6187initializer.  The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6188 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6189 default_emutls_var_init)
6190
6191/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6192   proxy variable.  */
6193DEFHOOKPOD
6194(var_align_fixed,
6195 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6196fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6197single objects.  The default is false.",
6198 bool, false)
6199
6200/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars.  */
6201DEFHOOKPOD
6202(debug_form_tls_address,
6203 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6204may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6205 bool, false)
6206
6207HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6208
6209#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6210#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6211HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6212
6213/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings.  If
6214   the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6215   DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node.  */
6216DEFHOOK
6217(valid_attribute_p,
6218 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6219allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6220These function-specific options may differ\n\
6221from the options specified on the command line.  The hook should return\n\
6222@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6223\n\
6224The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6225the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6226@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6227 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6228 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6229
6230/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure.  */
6231DEFHOOK
6232(save,
6233 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6234in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6235options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6236@xref{Option file format}.",
6237 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6238
6239/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6240   structure.  */
6241DEFHOOK
6242(restore,
6243 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6244information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6245function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6246 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6247
6248/* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6249   streamed in.  */
6250DEFHOOK
6251(post_stream_in,
6252 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6253@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6254LTO bytecode.",
6255 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6256
6257/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6258   structure.  */
6259DEFHOOK
6260(print,
6261 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6262information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6263function-specific options.",
6264 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6265
6266/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6267   change the state if the options are valid.  If the first argument is
6268   NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use.  Return
6269   true if the options are valid, and set the current state.  */
6270DEFHOOK
6271(pragma_parse,
6272 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6273sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6274input stream.  The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6275@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6276 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6277 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6278
6279/* Do option overrides for the target.  */
6280DEFHOOK
6281(override,
6282 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6283a particular target machine.  You can override the hook\n\
6284@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this.  This hooks is called\n\
6285once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6286\n\
6287Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6288@option{-O}.  That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6289\n\
6290If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6291changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6292@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6293 void, (void),
6294 hook_void_void)
6295
6296/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6297   function.  DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6298   have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6299   that is, they are compiled for different target machines.  */
6300DEFHOOK
6301(function_versions,
6302 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6303versions of the same function.  @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6304versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6305different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6306different target machines.",
6307 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6308 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6309
6310/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function.  */
6311#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6312#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6313DEFHOOK
6314(can_inline_p,
6315 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6316cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information.  By\n\
6317default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6318specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6319 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6320 default_target_can_inline_p)
6321
6322DEFHOOK
6323(relayout_function,
6324"This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6325 void, (tree fndecl),
6326 hook_void_tree)
6327
6328HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6329
6330/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6331   the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6332   bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6333DEFHOOK
6334(extra_live_on_entry,
6335 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6336function.  This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6337cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6338registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6339TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6340FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6341 void, (bitmap regs),
6342 hook_void_bitmap)
6343
6344/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6345   present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6346   definition.  */
6347DEFHOOKPOD
6348(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6349 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6350clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6351That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6352linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6353modifiable by the callee.  The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6354in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6355The default version of this hook is set to false.  The purpose of this hook\n\
6356is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6357 bool,
6358 false)
6359
6360/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset.  */
6361DEFHOOK
6362(set_up_by_prologue,
6363 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6364 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6365 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6366 NULL)
6367
6368/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6369   function's return statements need checking.  For instance a 'naked'
6370   function attribute.  */
6371DEFHOOK
6372(warn_func_return,
6373 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type.  This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function.  Return false if no such check should be made.",
6374 bool, (tree),
6375 hook_bool_tree_true)
6376
6377#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6378#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6379HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6380
6381DEFHOOK
6382(get_separate_components,
6383 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6384components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6385Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6386shrink-wrapping.\n\
6387Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6388If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6389 sbitmap, (void),
6390 NULL)
6391
6392DEFHOOK
6393(components_for_bb,
6394 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6395components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6396the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6397 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6398 NULL)
6399
6400DEFHOOK
6401(disqualify_components,
6402 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6403components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6404@var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6405epilogue instead.",
6406 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6407 NULL)
6408
6409DEFHOOK
6410(emit_prologue_components,
6411 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6412 void, (sbitmap),
6413 NULL)
6414
6415DEFHOOK
6416(emit_epilogue_components,
6417 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6418 void, (sbitmap),
6419 NULL)
6420
6421DEFHOOK
6422(set_handled_components,
6423 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6424@code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6425components.  The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6426will be deleted after this call.",
6427 void, (sbitmap),
6428 NULL)
6429
6430HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6431#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6432#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6433
6434/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging.  */
6435DEFHOOK
6436(debug_unwind_info,
6437 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6438unwind information to the debugger.  Normally the hook will return\n\
6439@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6440return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6441\n\
6442A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6443is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6444\n\
6445A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6446This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6447 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6448 default_debug_unwind_info)
6449
6450DEFHOOK
6451(reset_location_view, "\
6452This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6453uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6454length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6455cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6456\n\
6457If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6458the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6459safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6460definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6461be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6462\n\
6463If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6464@code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6465 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6466
6467/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6468   defined at this time.  */
6469DEFHOOK
6470(canonicalize_comparison,
6471 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6472convert an invalid comparison into a valid one.  For example, the Alpha\n\
6473does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6474comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6475\n\
6476On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6477@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6478are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively.  If\n\
6479@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6480allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6481in RTXs which aren't comparisons.  E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6482allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6483\n\
6484GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6485valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6486@file{md} file.\n\
6487\n\
6488You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6489comparison code or operands.",
6490 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6491 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6492
6493DEFHOOK
6494(min_arithmetic_precision,
6495 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6496maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6497arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6498\n\
6499On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6500using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6501of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6502\n\
6503More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6504compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6505with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6506\n\
6507You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6508defined to 1.",
6509 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6510
6511DEFHOOKPOD
6512(atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6513 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6514 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6515 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6516 unsigned char, 1)
6517
6518/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6519   type which maps to machine MODE.  This allows alignment to be overridden
6520   as needed.  */
6521DEFHOOK
6522(atomic_align_for_mode,
6523"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6524 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}.  If 0 is returned then the\
6525 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6526 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6527 hook_uint_mode_0)
6528
6529DEFHOOK
6530(atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6531"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6532 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6533 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6534 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6535 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6536 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence.  This hook should\
6537 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6538 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6539 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6540 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}.  The three expressions are\
6541 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6542 if no code is required in a particular place.  The default implementation\
6543 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}.  The\
6544 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6545 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6546 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6547 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6548
6549/* Leave the boolean fields at the end.  */
6550
6551/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6552   and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space.  */
6553DEFHOOKPOD
6554(have_switchable_bss_sections,
6555 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6556section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6557This is true on most ELF targets.",
6558 bool, false)
6559
6560/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6561   false if we're using collect2 for the job.  */
6562DEFHOOKPOD
6563(have_ctors_dtors,
6564 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6565collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6566It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6567 bool, false)
6568
6569/* True if thread-local storage is supported.  */
6570DEFHOOKPOD
6571(have_tls,
6572 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6573The default value is false.",
6574 bool, false)
6575
6576/* True if a small readonly data section is supported.  */
6577DEFHOOKPOD
6578(have_srodata_section,
6579 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6580``small data'' into a separate section.  The default value is false.",
6581 bool, false)
6582
6583/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated.  */
6584DEFHOOKPOD
6585(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6586 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6587end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6588Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6589true otherwise.",
6590 bool, true)
6591
6592/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output.  */
6593DEFHOOKPOD
6594(asm_file_start_app_off,
6595 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6596printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6597@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect.  (If that macro has been defined\n\
6598to the empty string, this variable has no effect.)  With the normal\n\
6599definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6600assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6601whitespace from its input.  This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6602\n\
6603The default is false.  You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6604verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6605comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6606 bool, false)
6607
6608/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6609   at the beginning of assembly output.  */
6610DEFHOOKPOD
6611(asm_file_start_file_directive,
6612 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6613for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6614@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled).  Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6615this to be done.  The default is false.",
6616 bool, false)
6617
6618/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6619   ARM EABI.  The effects the encoding of function exception specifications.  */
6620DEFHOOKPOD
6621(arm_eabi_unwinder,
6622 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6623based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets.  This effects\n\
6624the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6625running a cleanup.  The default is @code{false}.",
6626 bool, false)
6627
6628DEFHOOKPOD
6629(want_debug_pub_sections,
6630 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6631 should be emitted.  These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6632 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6633 bool, false)
6634
6635DEFHOOKPOD
6636(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6637This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6638bool, false)
6639
6640DEFHOOKPOD
6641(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6642This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6643bool, false)
6644
6645DEFHOOKPOD
6646(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6647following it should not be run.  Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6648targets.",
6649bool, false)
6650
6651/* Leave the boolean fields at the end.  */
6652
6653/* Functions related to mode switching.  */
6654#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6655#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6656HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6657
6658DEFHOOK
6659(emit,
6660 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6661 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6662
6663DEFHOOK
6664(needed,
6665 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.  If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6666 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6667
6668DEFHOOK
6669(after,
6670 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.  If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching.  It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6671 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6672
6673DEFHOOK
6674(entry,
6675 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching.  It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry.  If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6676 int, (int entity), NULL)
6677
6678DEFHOOK
6679(exit,
6680 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching.  It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit.  If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6681 int, (int entity), NULL)
6682
6683DEFHOOK
6684(priority,
6685 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest.  The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}.  For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6686 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6687
6688HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6689
6690#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6691#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6692
6693#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6694  DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6695#include "target-insns.def"
6696#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6697
6698#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6699  DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6700#include "target-insns.def"
6701#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6702
6703#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6704  DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6705#include "target-insns.def"
6706#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6707
6708DEFHOOK
6709(run_target_selftests,
6710 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6711 void, (void),
6712 NULL)
6713
6714/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition.  */
6715HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
6716
6717